UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[X]

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172023

or

[   ]

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from

to

For the transition period fromto

Commission File Number 1-10560

BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Texas

74-2211011

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification Number)

4141 N. Scottsdale Road56 South Rockford Drive

Scottsdale, Tempe, Arizona 8525185288

(623) (623) 300-7000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share

BHE

The New York Stock Exchange Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [Ö] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [Ö

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [Ö] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periodsperiod that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes[ÖNo [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [Ö

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [Ö

Accelerated filer [  ]

Non-accelerated filer [  ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company [  ]

Emerging growth company [  ]

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b–2 of the Act). Yes [  ] No [Ö

As of June 30, 2017,2023, the number of outstanding common shares was 49,845,236.34,995,303. As of such date, the aggregate market value of the common shares held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price of the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange on such date, was approximately $1.6$0.9 billion.

As of February 26, 2018,22, 2024, there were 48,728,88635,774,555 common shares of Benchmark Electronics, Inc., outstanding, par value $0.10 per share, outstanding.share.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

Portions of the Company’sregistrant’s Proxy Statement for the 20182024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Meetingto be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, are incorporated herein by reference (Part III, Items 10-14)10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

1216

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

2528

Item 2.1C.

PropertiesCybersecurity

2628

Item 3.2.

Legal ProceedingsProperties

2630

Item 4.3.

Mine Safety DisclosuresLegal Proceedings

2630

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

30

PART II

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related

     Shareholder Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

2731

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

3032

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

33

     Results of Operations

31

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

4243

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

43

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

74

Item 9A.

      Financial DisclosureControls and Procedures

7774

Item 9A.9B.

Controls and ProceduresOther Information

7775

Item 9B.9C.

Other InformationDisclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

7875

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

7876

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

7876

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

76

Item 13.

      Related Shareholder Matters

78

Item  13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

7876

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

7876

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

7977

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

7980

SIGNATURES

8381


PART I

Item 1. Business. Business

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Report) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). These forward-looking statements are identified as any statement that does not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,“project,” “forecast,” “strategy,” “position,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “will,” or“could,” “predict,” and similar expressions of the negative or other variations thereof. In particular, statements, expressexpressed or implied, concerning the Company’s outlook and guidance for first quarter and fiscal year 2024 results, future operating results or margins, the ability to generate sales and income or cash flow, expected revenue mix, the Company’s business strategy and strategic initiatives, the Company’s repurchases of shares of its common stock, the Company’s expectations regarding restructuring charges and amortization of intangibles, and the Company’s intentions concerning the payment of dividends, among others, are forward-looking statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements. Forward-lookingAlthough the Company believes these statements are not guarantees of performance. Theybased on and derived from reasonable assumptions, they involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, that are beyond ourthe Company’s ability to control or predict, relating to operations, markets and the business environment generally, including those discussed under Part I, Item 1A of this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the Report) and in any of the Company’s subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Events relating to the possibility of customer demand fluctuations, supply chain constraints, continuing inflationary pressures, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and high interest rates, geopolitical uncertainties including continuing hostilities and tensions, trade restrictions and sanctions, the ability to utilize the Company’s manufacturing facilities at sufficient levels to cover its fixed operating costs, or write-downs or write-offs of obsolete or unsold inventory, may have resulting impacts on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and the Company’s ability (or inability) to execute on its plans. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes, including the future results of ourthe Company's operations, may vary materially from those indicated. Undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based upon information available to the Company as of the date of this document, and the Company assumes no obligation to update.

The Company’sOur fiscal year ends on December 31. Consequently, references to 20172023 relate to the calendar year ended December 31, 2017;2023; references to 20162022 relate to the calendar year ended December 31, 2016,2022, etc.

General

General

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. (Benchmark),(the Company) is a Texas corporation that began operations in 1979 and today is worldwide provider of engineering services, integrated technology solutions andprovides advanced manufacturing services (both electronics(electronic manufacturing services (EMS) and precision machiningtechnology (PT) services) for more complex products. In this Report, references to Benchmark, the “Company” or use of the words “we”, “our” and “us” include Benchmark’s subsidiaries unless otherwise noted.

We provide our services to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of industrial equipment, products used in the aerospace and defense (A&D) industries, telecommunication equipment, computers and related products for business enterprises, medical devices, and testing and instrumentation products. Our services include comprehensive and integratedwhich includes design and manufacturingengineering services and solutions—fromtechnology solutions. From initial product concept to volume production, including direct order fulfillment and aftermarket services. services, we are a trusted integrated services partner to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). Served markets include: commercial aerospace and defense (A&D), medical technologies, complex industrials, semiconductor capital equipment (semi-cap), next-generation communications and advanced computing. The Company has manufacturing operations located in the United States and Mexico (the Americas), Asia and Europe. In this Report, references to Benchmark, the Company or use of the words “we,” “our” and “us” include Benchmark’s subsidiaries unless otherwise noted.

Our customer engagement focuses on three principal areas:

·

Manufacturing Services, which include printed circuit board assemblies (PCBAs) using both traditional surface mount technologies (SMT) and microelectronics, subsystem assembly, system build and integration. System builds and integration often involve building a finished assembly that includes PCBAs, complex subsystem assemblies, mechatronics, displays, mechanicals, and other components. These final products may be configured to order and delivered directly to the end customer across all the industries we serve. Manufacturing services also includes precision technology services comprised of precision machining, advanced metal joining and welding, cleaning, assembly and functional testing primarily for the semi-cap (serving semiconductor capital equipment customers) and A&D markets.
Design & Engineering Services, which include design for manufacturability, manufacturing processdesign optimization for our factory processes and supply chain, and test development, concurrent and sustaining engineering, turnkey product design and regulatory services. Our engineering services may be for systems, sub-systems, printed circuit boards and assemblies, and components. We have the flexibility and capability to engage anywhere in the customer's design process flow. We provide these services across all the industries we serve, but focus primarily in regulated industries such as medical, complex industrials, aerospace and defense, and next generation telecommunications.serve.

1


·

Technology Solutions, which involve developing a library of building blocks or reference designs primarily in defense solutions, surveillance systems, millimeter wave (mmWave) radio frequency and high-speed design,(RF) subsystems, and front-end Internet-of-thingsmanaged connected data collection systems. We often partner with our customers to merge these technology solutions withutilizing our engineering services in support of manufacturing services.to provide turnkey product development from requirements through the launch to volume production into our factories. Our reference designsbuilding blocks can be utilized across a variety of industries, but we have significant focus and capabilities forin the aerospaceA&D, medical, next-generation communications, and defensethe complex industrials markets.

·Manufacturing Services, which include printed circuit board assemblies (PCBAs) We have also developed differentiated capabilities in RF. The need to improve size, weight, and subsystem assembly, box build and systems integration. Systems integrationpower (SWaP) to accommodate high frequency electronics communications is often building a finished assembly that includes PCBAs, complex subsystem assemblies, mechatronics, displays, optics, and other components. These final products may be configuredimportant to order and delivered directly to the end-customer across all the industries we

1


serve. Manufacturing services also includes precision technology manufacturing comprised of precision machining, advanced metal joining, assembly and functional testing primarily for customers in the test & instrumentation market (which includes semiconductor capital equipment) as well as theA&D, medical, and aerospace and defensenext-generation communications markets.

Our core strength lies in our ability to partner with our customers to provide concept-to-production solutions inthrough a tightly integrated and seamless set of design, test, manufacturing, supply chain, and support services. The integration of these product realization services along, with our customers. Our global manufacturing presence, increases our ability to respond to our customers’ needs by providing accelerated time-to-market and time-to-volume production of high-quality products, – especially forwith an emphasis on complex products serving regulated markets with lower volume and higher mix in regulated markets.reliability requirements. These capabilities and attributes enable us to build strong strategic relationships with our customers and to becomewhile becoming an integral part of their business.

We believe our primary competitive advantages aresource of differentiation and value-add rests with our ability to engage with our customers at any point, from product development through volume production. This is enabled by our highly skilled personnel’s ability to provide leading-edge technical capabilities in engineering services (including product design)full lifecycle), technologyhigh frequency RF solutions, microelectronics, miniaturization, and manufacturing services (included(including electronics and complex precision technology capabilities) provided by highly skilled personnel. We continuemachining). These capabilities are brought to investbear across diversified commercial end-markets, many of which are government regulated. To support customers across these sectors, we have strategically invested in our business to expand our skillsgeographically diverse manufacturing locations and service offerings from direct customer inputs. We have a closed-loop feedback system in place to respond to customer ideas to enhance our future flexible design and manufacturing solutions in support of the full life cycle of their products. These solutions provide accelerated time-to-market, faster time-to-volume production, and reduced product development costs. Working closely with our customers and responding promptly to their needs, we become an integral part of their process to bring products to market faster and more economically.global supply chain efficiencies.

In addition, we believe that a strong focus on human capital through the talent we hire and retain is critical to maintaining our competitiveness. Our people-first culture is centered on our five core values and we take pride in our innovative and continuous improvement mindset. We are driving a customer-centric organization with a high degree of accountability and ownershipdesire to develop processes necessary to exceed customer expectationsdelight our customers and deliver operational and financial performance aligned towith our goals. Through our employee engagement and customer satisfaction feedback process,processes, we continuously solicit and act upon information to improve our company and better support our customers and business processes in the future.processes. We have taken steps to attractinvested in attracting and developing leadership throughout the best leadersorganization and are acceleratingcommitted to diversity and inclusion in our efforts to mentordevelop an innovative and develop key leaders for the future.forward-thinking workforce.

Our Industry

Outsourcing engineering and manufacturing services enables OEMs to concentrate on their core strengths, such as research and development, branding, and marketing, and sales. InLeveraging an outsourcing model, OEMs also benefit from improved efficiencies andeconomies of scale, including reduced production costs, volume purchasing leverage, reduced fixed capital investment requirements,investments, improved inventory management, and access to global engineering and manufacturing.manufacturing resources. At the same time, OEMs continueare increasingly seeking to turndiversify their supplier base geographically, including the trend toward “on-shoring” or “near-shoring” to the United States and Mexico. These dynamics combined have resulted in OEMs increasingly turning to outsourcing partners, which is a trend we expect to reduce time-to-market and time-to-volume production through utilization of their service providers’ product design and engineering services, technology solutions and manufacturing services.continue.

Outsourcing rates fluctuate periodically, and not all industries we serve are experiencing high outsourcing growth rates. The traditional markets ofoutsource at the same rate. Historically, the computing and telecommunications markets have usedbeen early to adopt the outsourcing model for a numberand are currently the most fully penetrated. This compares to the traditionally lower level of yearsoutsourcing within our other served markets in medical, complex industrials, A&D and have a lower outsourcing growth potential than the under-penetrated medical, industrials, aerospacesemi-cap. In all markets we target, our efforts on higher complexity sub-sectors and defense,often times highly regulated markets where our unique capabilities enable us to differentiate from our competitors.

Today, we believe that each of our market sectors is high value and test & instrumentation markets, which we identify aswell-aligned with our higher-value markets. The higher-value markets typically provide the opportunity for higher profitability than the traditional markets and in some cases provide the potential for stable growth. The higher-value markets also align well with Benchmark’s expertise in more complex products. We do not typically participate in high volume and highly regulated products, andcommoditized markets often associated with the consumer or automotive sectors. As such, we believe we are well-positionedwell positioned to capitalize onbenefit from the intersecting trends of increased outsourcing, in these markets.and redistribution of global manufacturing capacity.

2


Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the solutions provider of choice to the leading OEMs thatin our target markets which we perceivebelieve offer the greatest potential for profitable growth. To meet this goal, we have implemented the following strategies:

·

Focus on More Complex Products for Customers. EMS providers serve a wide range of OEMs in different industries, suchoffering scalable electronics assembly as consumer electronics, internet-focused businesses and information technology

2


equipment.a service. The EMS industry product scope ranges from easy-to-assemble, low-cost, high-volume products targeted for the consumer market to complicated, state-of-the-art, mission-critical products. Higher volumeHigher-volume manufacturing customers in the more traditional markets of computing and telecommunications often compete on the price of products with short product life cycles andlifecycles, which require less value-add from EMS providers. Lower-volumeWe avoid these lower-value market sector opportunities and focus on lower-volume manufacturing, high complexity opportunities with customers, inspecifically within the A&D, semi-cap, medical, industrial, and test & instrumentationcomplex industrials markets, which are often in highly regulated industries where they arethat have been increasingly outsourcing higher value-added services to their EMS providers to meet stringent regulatory and time-to-market requirements.providers. In the traditionaladvanced computing and next-generation communications markets, we focus on customers with more complex requirements such as high-performance(high performance computing and next generation telecommunications; innext-generation broadband solutions) as compared to more commoditized offerings within the higher-value markets where outsourcing growth rates are increasingbroader computing and product life cycles are longer,telecommunications markets. Within each of our targeted sectors, we focus on customers wherebelieve there is a strong match between our capabilitiesgeneral trend toward higher complexity, additional outsourcing, and their needs. The ability to serve customers in both markets is important to our strategy. For 2017, 65% of our sales were to customers in the higher-value markets and 35% were to customers in the traditional markets. We have a long-term goal of generating over 70% of our sales from higher-value market customers, which should further expand our margins.

·elongated product life cycles.

Lead with Design & Engineering SolutionsServices and Leverage Advanced Technology.Technology Solutions. In addition to strengthsstrength in manufacturing complex high-density PCBAs, complex mechanical systems, and full systems integration, we offer customers specialized and tailored advanced design solutions, including technology building blocks and engineering services. We provide this engineering expertise through our design capabilities in our design centers in the Americas, EuropeAsia, and Asia.Europe. Leading with design and engineering is important into our strategy to increase sales topartner with our customers in our targeted higher-value markets where products requirethrough the entire product lifecycle, ensuring high quality, and extremely reliable performanceextreme reliability and low product failure rates. ThroughBy leveraging our advanced technology and engineering solutions, our customers can focus their efforts on core branding and marketing initiativesgo-to-market, while we focusrelying on bringing theira trusted partner to deliver products to market efficientlyfaster and timely.

·more efficiently.

Maintain and Develop Close, Long-Term Relationships with our Customers. Our strategy is to establishfocused on establishing long-term relationships with leading OEMs in expandingtargeted growth industries by becoming an integral part of their concept-to-production and full product life cycle requirements.solution. To accomplish this, we rely on our global and localbusiness development executives, account managers, site program managers and general management teams to respond with speed and flexibility to address frequently changing customer design specifications and production requirements. We focus on caring for our customers and ensuring thatresponding to their needs are metfeedback as appropriate to continue to improve our offerings and exceeded.

·delivery.

Deliver Complete High- and Low-Volume Manufacturing Solutions Globally. OEMs increasingly require a wide range of specialized design engineering and manufacturing services from EMS providers in order to reduce costs and accelerate their time-to-market and time-to-volume production. Building on our integrated engineering and manufacturing capabilities, we offer our OEM customers services from initial product design and test to final product assembly and distribution to OEM customers.distribution. Our precision machiningPT services and complex mechanical manufacturing, along with our systems integration assembly and direct order fulfillment services, allowenable our customers the potential to potentially reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing their total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at many of our manufacturing locations. We continue to expand our global capabilities:

-in 2009, we added precision machining assetslocations and capabilities to provide precision machining, metal joining and complex electromechanical manufacturing services in Arizona, California and Mexico;

-in 2011, we expanded our precision technologies capabilities in Penang, Malaysia. This expansion added sheet metal and frames fabrication services, advanced metal joining and grinding services, along with complex mechanical assembly and machining services to our Asia service offerings;

-in 2013, we strengthened our capabilities to better serve the aerospace and defense industries and added depth and scope to our new product introduction capabilities on the West Coast; and

3


-in 2015, we further enhanced our service offerings by adding capabilities to design and produce encrypted and ruggedized communication systems, avionics displays and military-grade components.

These full service capabilities allow us to offer customers the flexibility to move quickly from design and initial product introduction to production and distribution. We also offer our customers the opportunity to combine the benefits of low-cost manufacturing (for the portions of their products or systems that can benefit from the use of these geographic areas) with the benefits and capabilities of our higher complexity support in the Americas, Asia, Europe and the Americas.

·Europe.

Continue to Seek Cost Savings and Operational Excellence. We seek to optimize our global network of facilities to provide cost-efficient services for our customers. We have a globalcompany-wide culture of continuous improvement, which rewards the sharing of best practices and implementingimplementation of lean principles. We will continue to drive lean and operational excellence initiatives, withbound by common global processes, that allowwhich enable us to optimize our capacity and efficiency. Our customers benefit from these initiatives by sharing in the cost structuresavings while having comfort we can scale to meet their future growth needs.
Optimize our Global Footprint. We will continue to evaluate our global footprint to ensure we are optimizing the utilization of our facilities, including expansion in regions of strategic importance to our customers and capacity.investing in new capabilities aligned to evolving market needs. Historically, this has led to re-allocation of resources, including site closures, new facilities and capacity expansion, as appropriate.
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We have historically had an acquisition-oriented expansion strategy. In more recent years, we have focused on driving growth by organic means. However, we will continue to selectively evaluate acquisitions which may expand our core technology capabilities and expand the value of our services to new and existing customers.

3


Capital Allocation. In support of our financial goals, we will continuemaintain a strong focus on a cash conversion.

·Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. Our capabilities have continued to grow through acquisitionsconversion and we will continue to selectively seek close-to-core bolt-on acquisitions which expand our technical capabilities. In addition to expanding our global footprint, our acquisitions have enhanced our business in the following ways:

-enhanced customer growth opportunities;

-developed strategic relationships;

-broadened service and solution offerings;

-provided vertical solutions;

-diversified our market sectors; and

-added experienced management teams.

working capital management. We have enhanced our capabilities through acquisitions:

-In November 2015, we acquired Secure Communication Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, Secure Technology or Secure) (the Secure Acquisition), a leading provider of customized high-performance electronics, sub-systems, and component solutions for mission critical applications in highly regulated industrial, aerospace and defense markets.

-In October 2013, we acquired the full-service EMS segment of CTS Corporation (the CTS Acquisition). The CTS Acquisition expanded our portfolio of customers in non-traditional and highly regulated markets and strengthened the depth and scope of our new product express capabilitiesare focused on the West Coast.

-In June 2013, we acquired Suntron Corporation (the Suntron Acquisition) to better serve customers in the aerospace and defense markets and expand our capabilities in Mexico.

·Capital Allocation.We will also continue to operate with a balanced approach toeffective capital deployment with ROIC asthrough the key determinant for prioritizingbalance of investments to support organic growth of the business and returns of free cash flow to our shareholders. Future investments may include organic growthshareholders through targeted investments, close-to-core acquisitions with strong technical capabilities,our regular dividend distributions and a balance between managing our level of outstanding debt and returning capital to shareholders.

share repurchases.

Services We Provide

Through the Benchmark network, we offer a wide range of design, engineering, automation, test, manufacturing, and fulfillment solutions that support our customers’ products from initial concept and design through prototyping, design validation, testing, ramp-to-volume production, worldwide distribution, and aftermarket support. With our balanced footprint, we have the ability to serve global and regional customers. We support all of our service

4


offerings with supply chain management systems, superior quality program management, and sophisticatedintegrated information technology systems. Our comprehensive service offerings enable us to provide a complete solution for our customers’ outsourcing requirements. All of our services are supported through a strong quality management system designed to globally provide the process discipline to reliably deliver high quality services, solutions and products to our customers.

EngineeringManufacturing Services and Technology Solutions:

Our approach is to coordinate and integrate our concept, design, prototype and other engineering capabilities in support of our customers’ go-to-market and product life cycle requirements. These services strengthen our relationships with our manufacturing customers and help attract new customers requiring specialized design and engineering services. Early engagement with engineering-led solutions is key to our strategy of focusing on products with greater complexity in our targeted markets.

·New Product Design, Prototype, Testing and Related Engineering Services. We also offer a full spectrum of new product design, automation, test development, prototype and related engineering for projects contracted by our customers who pay for and own the resulting designs in our contract design services business. We employ a proven 7-step process for concept-to-production in our design services model that enables a shorter product development cycle and gives our customers a competitive advantage in time-to-market and time-to-profit. Our multi-disciplined engineering teams provide expertise in a number of core competencies critical to serving OEMs in our target markets, including award-winning industrial design, mechanical and electrical hardware, firmware, software and systems integration and support. We create specifications, designs and quick-turn prototypes, and validate and ramp our customers’ products into high-volume manufacturing.

·Custom Testing and Automation Equipment Design and Build Services. We provide our customers a comprehensive range of custom automated test equipment, functional test equipment, process automation and replication solutions. We have expertise in tooling, testers, equipment control, systems planning, automation, floor control, systems integration, replication and programming. Our custom functional test equipment, process automation and replication solutions are available to our customers as part of our full-service product design and manufacturing solutions package or on a stand-alone basis for products designed elsewhere. We also provide custom test equipment and automation system solutions to OEMs, which pay for and own the designs. Our ability to provide these solutions allows us to capitalize on OEMs’ increasing needs for custom manufacturing solutions and provides an additional opportunity for us to introduce these customers to our comprehensive engineering and manufacturing services.

·Technology Solutions. We are investing in building blocks and solutions such as Secure defense turnkey design and reference platforms in avionics, ground vehicle electronics, munitions, and soldier platforms that require ruggedization for harsh environments and secure communications. We are developing advanced camera integration technology, high-frequency filters and a data collection network that integrates sensors, radios, gateways for data analytics.

Manufacturing Services: Electronics (Electronics Manufacturing and Testing ServicesServices)

As OEMs seek to provide greater functionality in smaller products,form-factors, they increasingly require sophisticated manufacturing technologies and processes. Our investment in advanced manufacturing equipment and process development, as well as our experience in innovative packaging and interconnect technologies, enable us to offer a variety of advanced manufacturing solutions. Theseaddress these evolving requirements.

Our specialization in packaging and interconnect technologies include:include but are not limited to:

·

Printed Circuit Board Assembly (PCBA) &and Test. We offer our customers expertise in a wide variety of traditional and advanced manufacturing technologies. Our technical expertise supports complex printed circuit board assemblyPCBA and test solutions, assembly of subsystems, circuitry and functionality testing of printed assemblies, environmental and stress testing and component reliability testing.

5


We provide our customers with a comprehensive set of PCBA manufacturing technologies and solutions, which include:

·

Surface mount technology

- Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array

- Land Grid Array

- Quad Flat No-Leads

- Package on Package

- 01005 Discrete Components

·      Pin inMount Technology

Substrate Technology; Rigid Epoxy, Flex, Ceramic, Glass, Rigid-Flex;
Plated Through Hole Technology;

·      Pin in Paste

Pin-in-Paste Technology;

·

Hybrid RoHS soldering processes;

·Soldering Processes;

Wafer-Level CSP (WLCSP);
Flip Chip;

·      Chip On Board

Chip-on-Board and Wire Bonding;

·Wire-Bonding;

In-Circuit Test;

·      Microelectronics;

·

Microelectronics
Mixed SMT and Microelectronics Assembly
Inspection and Test Solutions
Automated Optical Inspection (2D & 3D)
Automated X-ray Inspection
Flying Probe
Boundary Scan Test
In-Circuit Test
Board Level Functional Testing;Testing
Device/System Integration Functional Test
Electrical Safety Test
Microelectronics Test; and

·

Vibration, ESS, HASS and HALT.HALT

4


We also provide specialized solutions in support of our customers’ components, products and systems, which include:

·

Conformal Coating;

·Coating and Potting;

Underfill and Encapsulation;
Ultrasonic Welding;

·

Automation Solutions;

·

Complex Final Assembly;

·

Configure | Build to Order;
Fluidics Assembly;

·

Splicing and Connectorization for Optical Applications;

·

Hybrid Optical/Electrical Printed Circuit Board Assembly and Testing; and

·

Sub-Micron Alignment of Optical Sub-Assemblies.

·     

Component Engineering Services. We provide support to our customers to understandassist their understanding of the evolving international environmental laws and regulations on content, packaging, labeling and similar issues concerning the environmental impact of their products, including: “RoHS” (EU DirectiveDirectives 2011/65/ECEU on Restriction of certain Hazardous Substances)Substances Directive and 2015/863 amending Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU); “WEEE” (EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment); “REACH” (EC Regulation No 1907/2006 on Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals); EU Member States’ Implementation of the foregoing; “Conflict Minerals” as defined in the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act § 1502(b), implementing legislation and rules; and the People’s Republic of China (PRC) MeasuresManagement Methods for Administrationthe Restriction of the Pollution ControlUse of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Information Products of 2006.Products. Manufacturing sites in the Americas, Asia and Europe regions are experienced with both water soluble and no-clean processes.

·

Systems Assembly &and Test. We offer a full spectrum of subsystem and system integration services. These includeservices, including assembly, configuration and testing for all industries we service. We design, develop and build product-specific manufacturing processes utilizing manual, mechanized or fully automated lines to meet our customers’ product volume and quality requirements. We work with our customers to develop product-specific test strategies. Our test capabilities include manufacturing defect analysis, in-circuit tests to check the circuitry of the board and functional tests to confirm that the board or assembly operates in accordance with its final design and manufacturing specifications. We either custom design test equipment and software ourselves or use test equipment and software provided by our customers. We also offer our own internally designed functional test solutions for cost-effectivegreater cost savings and flexible test solutions, and provideflexibility in addition to providing environmental stress tests of assemblies of boards or systems. We alsoAdditionally, we provide product life cycle testing services, such as ongoing reliability testing where units are continuously cycled for extended testingperiods while monitoring for early-life failures.

6


·Failure Analysis. We offer an array of analytical solutions and expertise to help our customers address their most challenging engineering and business issues, faced by our customers. This includesincluding focused techniques for failure mode, failure mechanism, and root cause determination. Specialized analytical skill sets associated with electrical, mechanical, and metallurgical disciplines are used in conjunction with a vast array of equipment such as ion chromatography, x-ray florescence, and scanning electron microscopy. Our state-of-the-art lab facilities provide customers with detailed reporting and support in an unbiased, timely and cost-effective manner. Mastering emerging technologies, coupled with an understanding of potential failure mechanisms, positions us to exceed customer expectations and maintain our technological diversity.

Mechanical Manufacturing Services:Precision TechnologyServices (Precision Machining and Complex Vertically Integrated AssembliesAssemblies)

In addition to traditional EMS, we offer complex precision machiningtechnology (PT) services including full electromechanical assembly and testingtest services. Benchmark Precision Technologies delivers critical tolerance to metal fabrication and assembly, building components, sub-assemblies, and full module assemblies for highly regulated industries, including semi-conductor capital equipment, aerospace and defense, medical, and complex industrials. Benchmark Precision Technologies’ capabilities go well beyond the typical machine shop in that they can design and engineer a prototype, transition it to an accelerated manufacturing protocol (AMP) center to prepare for full volume production, and then shift it to any of Benchmark’s global manufacturing facilities.

·

Precision Technologies Group. We provide vertically integrated precision machiningmechanical components and complex electromechanical assemblies.

5


The processes supporting these include:

·

Complex Small / Medium / Large Precision Machining;

·

Advanced metal joining including vacuum chamber welding, electron beam laser and brazing;
Multi-Axis Robotic Grinding for demanding applications such as turbine blades and scientific instruments;

·

Complex Clean Room Assembly and Functional Test;

·

Major Electromechanical Assemblies; and

·      Sheet metal and paint;

·

Large precision and industrial frames;frame fabrication, welding, grinding, bead blasting and coating; and
Sheet metal forming, powder coating and painting.

Our Global Network

·      Advanced metal joining including vacuum chamber welding, electron beam laser and brazing.

Our global network of operations includesinclude manufacturing facilities in seven countries, which are strategically located to support full product life cycle services tofor our customers. We have domestic facilities in Alabama, Arizona, California, Minnesota, New Hampshire and Texas and international facilities in China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Romania and Thailand. Our network also includes engineeringdesign centers leadingthat lead customer engagements and providingprovide solutions to customers in the Americas, EuropeAsia and Asia. Additionally, weEurope.

We are compliant with and/or hold the following accreditations, certifications and registrations by geography:geographic region:

Americas

EuropeAmericas

Asia

Europe

ISO 1348513485:2016 – Medical

Ö

Ö

Ö

FDA/QSR Compliant – Medical

Ö

Ö

ISO 1497114971:2019 – Medical Risk Management

Ö

AS9100 – AerospaceMedAccred

Ö

Ö

Ö

AS9100:2016 – Aerospace

ITAR (International Traffic and Arms)

Ö

Ö

Nadcap (National Aerospace &and Defense Assoc.Association Program)

Ö

Ö

ISO/TS 16949FAA Approved Parts ManufacturerAutomotiveAviation

Ö

Ö

Ö

TL 9000IATF 16949:2016TelecommunicationsAutomotive

Ö

ANSI ESD20:20

Ö

Ö

Ö

ATEX/ IECExTL9000 – Telecommunications

Ö

ISO 14001 – EnvironmentalANSI ESD S20:20-2014

Ö

Ö

Ö

OHSAS 18001ISO 9001:2015EnvironmentalQuality

Ö

Ö

Ö

ISO 14001:2015 – Environmental

ISO 45001:2018 – Occupational Health and Safety

Design and Engineering Services and Technology Solutions

We endeavor to add value to customers through coordination and integration from concept, design, prototype and other engineering services in support of our customers’ go-to-market and product life cycle requirements. These services strengthen our relationships with our manufacturing customers and help attract new customers seeking similarly specialized design and engineering services. Early engagement with engineering-led solutions is key to our strategy of focusing on products with greater complexity in our targeted verticals.

New Product Design, Prototype, Testing and Related Engineering Services. We offer a full spectrum of new product design, automation, test development, prototype and related engineering services for projects contracted by our customers who pay for and maintain ownership of the resulting designs in our contract design services business. We employ a proven seven-step process from concept-to-production in our design services model which enables a shorter product development cycle and provides our customers with a competitive advantage in time-to-market and time-to-profit. Our multi-disciplined engineering teams provide expertise in several core competencies critical to serving OEMs in our target markets, including award-winning industrial design, mechanical and electrical hardware, firmware, software and systems integration and support. We create for our customers specifications, designs and quick-turn prototypes, which are then validated and ramped into volume manufacturing.

6


Custom Test and Automation Equipment Design and Build Services. We provide our customers with a comprehensive range of custom circuit and functional test equipment, process automation and replication solutions. We have expertise in tooling design, test solutions, equipment control and process, systems planning, process automation, systems integration, replication and programming. Our custom test solutions, process automation and replication services are available to our customers as part of our full-service product design and manufacturing solutions package or on a stand-alone basis for products designed elsewhere. We also provide custom test equipment and automation system solutions to OEMs, which pay for and own the designs. Our ability to provide these solutions allows us to capitalize on OEMs’ increasing needs for custom manufacturing solutions, which in turn provides an additional opportunity for us to introduce these customers to our comprehensive engineering and manufacturing services.
Technology Solutions. We are investing in building blocks and solutions such as secure defense turnkey design and reference platforms in avionics, ground vehicle electronics, vision systems and soldier platforms that require ruggedization for harsh environments and secure communications. We are developing advanced manufacturing capabilities and processes for RF microwave designs that utilize highly accurate micro-electronics, complementing our engineering expertise in these areas. We are focused on the high frequency and size, weight and power requirements which address the challenges in the defense and next-generation communications markets.

7


Supply Chain, Order Fulfillment, and Aftermarket Support Services

Our customers often face challenges in designing supply chains, demand planning, demand, procuring materials and managing their inventories efficiently due to fluctuations in their customer demand, product design changes, short product life cycles and component price fluctuations.

We employ enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and lean manufacturing principles to manage the procurement and manufacturing processes in an efficient and cost-effective manner so that, where possible, components arrive on a just-in-time, as- and -when-neededas-and-when-needed basis. WeBecause we are a significant purchaser of electronic components and other raw materials, and canwe are generally able to capitalize on the economies of scale associated with our relationships with suppliers to negotiate price discounts, obtain components and other raw materials that are in short supply, and return excess components. Our agility and expertise in supply chain management and our relationships with suppliers across the supply chain enable us to help reduce our customers’ cost of goods sold and inventory exposure.

In support of our engineering services, technology solutions and manufacturing services, we offer our customers a wide array of capabilities from early supply chain design, to order fulfillment, to aftermarket services.

·

Value-Added Support Systems. We support our engineering, manufacturing, distribution and aftermarket support services with an efficient supply chain management system and a superior quality management program. Our value-added support services are primarily implemented and managed through a web-based information technology system that enables us to collaborate with our customers throughout all stages of the engineering, manufacturing and order-fulfillment processes.

·

Supply Chain Management. We offer full end-to-end supply chain design, inventory-management and volume-procurement capabilities to provide assurance ofimprove access to supply, optimizedoptimize cost, and reduce total cycle time. Our materials strategy focuses on leveraging our procurement volume Company-widecompany-wide while providing local execution for maximum flexibility. We employ a full complement of electronic data interchange transactions with our suppliers to coordinate forecasts, orders, reschedules, and inventory and component lead times. Our enterprise resource planningERP systems provide product and production information to our supply chain management, engineering change management and floor control systems. Our information systems include a proprietary modulesoftware stack that controls serialization, production and quality data for all of our facilities around the world using state-of-the-art statistical processequipment and control techniques for continuous process improvements.to provide high quality product with superior traceability throughout the product lifecycle. To enhance our ability to rapidly respond to changes in our customers’ requirements by effectively managing changes in our supply chain, we utilize web-based interfaces and real-time supply chain management software products, which allow for scaling operations to meet customer needs, shifting capacity in response to product demand fluctuations, reducing materials costs and effectively distributing products to our customers or their end-customers.end customers.

7


·

Direct Order Fulfillment.Fulfillment. We provide direct order fulfillment for some of our OEM customers. Direct order fulfillment involves receiving customer orders, configuring products to quickly fill the orders and delivering the products either to the OEM, a distribution channel or directly to the end customer. We manage our direct order fulfillment processes using a core set of common systems and processes that receive order information from the customer and provide comprehensive supply chain management, including procurement and production planning. These systems and processes enable us to process orders for multiple system configurations and varying production quantities, including single units. Our direct order fulfillment services include build-to-order (BTO) and configure-to-order (CTO) capabilities. BTO involves building a complete system in real-time to a highly customized configuration ordered by the OEM’s end customer. CTO involves configuring systems to an end customer’s specifications at the time the product is ordered. The end customer typically places this order by choosing from a variety of possible system configurations and options. We are often capable of meeting a 2- to 24-hour turnaround time for BTO and CTO.CTO fulfillment. We support our direct order fulfillment services with logistics that include delivery of parts and assemblies to the final assembly site, distribution and shipment of finished systems, and processing of customer returns.

8


·Aftermarket Non-Warranty Services.Services. We provide our customers with a range of aftermarket non-warranty services, including repair, replacement, refurbishment, remanufacturing, exchange, systems upgrade and spare part manufacturing throughout a product’s life cycle. These services are tracked and supported by specific information technology systems that can be tailored to meet our customers’ individual requirements.

Marketing and Customers

We market our services and solutions primarily through a direct sales force organized by market sector. In addition, our engineering, operational,operations, and executive management teams are an integral part of our sales and marketing approach. We generally enter into master supply arrangementsagreements with our customers. These arrangements generally govern the conduct of our business with customers relating to, among other things, the design and manufacturing of products that in some cases were previously produced by the customer. The arrangements also generally identify the specific products to be designed and manufactured, quality and production requirements, product pricing and materials management. There can be no assurance that these arrangements will remain in effect or be renewed, but we focus intently on customer care in an effort to anticipate and meet the current and future needs of our customers.

Our key customer accounts are supported by dedicated teams directly responsible for global account management. These teams coordinate activities across the Benchmark global network to effectively satisfy customer requirements and have direct access to leadership and executive management to quickly address customer concerns. Local program managers and customer account teams further support the global teams and are linked by a comprehensive communications and information management infrastructure. In addition, our executive management is heavily involved in customer relations and devotes significant attention to broadening existing and developing new customer relationships.

The following table sets forth the percentages of our sales by sector for 2017, 2016 and 2015market sector:

 

Higher-Value Markets

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Industrials

 

20

%

 

23

%

 

25

%

A&D

 

16

 

 

16

 

 

8

 

Medical

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

14

 

Testing & Instrumentation

 

14

 

 

11

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

65

%

 

65

%

 

56

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional Markets

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Telecommunications

 

13

%

 

16

%

 

22

%

Computing

 

22

 

 

19

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

35

%

 

35

%

 

44

%

 

 

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

2022

 

2021

Complex Industrials

 

21%

 

21%

 

20%

A&D

 

13%

 

12%

 

15%

Medical

 

20%

 

21%

 

20%

Semi-Cap

 

23%

 

25%

 

26%

Advanced Computing

 

12%

 

10%

 

9%

Next-Generation Communications

 

11%

 

11%

 

10%

Total sales

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

A substantial percentage of our sales are made to a small number of customers and the loss of a major customer, if not replaced, would adversely affect us. Sales to our ten largest customers represented 46%52%, 43%52% and 47% of our total sales in 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively. In 2017, salesSales to International Business Machines Corporation andour largest customer, Applied Materials, Inc. and subsidiaries, represented 12%, 15% and 10%, respectively,16% of our sales. In 2016, no single customer represented 10% or more of our sales. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—The loss of a major customer would adversely affect us”total sales in Item 1A of this Report.2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

9


Seasonality

Seasonality in our business has historically been driven by customer and product mix, particularly the industries that our customers serve. Although weWe have historically experienced higher sales during the fourth quarter this pattern does not repeat itself every year.of the calendar year aligned to the fiscal year end for many of our customers. In addition, we typically experience our lowest sales volume in the first quarter of each year.

8


Suppliers

Suppliers

We maintain a network of suppliers of components and other materials used in our operations. We procure components when a purchase order or forecast is received from a customer and occasionally utilize components or other materials for which a supplier is the single source of supply. If any of these single-source suppliers were unable to provide these materials, a shortage of components could temporarily interrupt our operations and lower our profits until an alternate component could be identified and qualified for use. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Shortages or price increases of components specified by our customers would delayhave in the past delayed, and are expected to continue delaying shipments and may adversely affect our profitability” in Part I, Item 1A of this Report. Although we experiencehave experienced component shortages and longer lead times for various components, from time to time, we have generally been ablecontinually strive to reduce the impact of component shortages by working with customers to reschedule deliveries and with suppliers to provide the needed components using just-in-time inventory programs, or by working with OEMs on qualifying alternative components or completing redesigns to eliminate the constrained part, or purchasing components at somewhat higher prices from distributors rather than directly from manufacturers. In addition, by developing long-term relationships with suppliers, we have been better ableendeavor to minimize the effects of component shortages compared to manufacturers without such relationships. The goal of these procedures is to reduce our inventory risk. However, due to recent global labor and supply disruptions and increased demand for electronics in general, over the last several years we coordinated with customers to enhance our procurement of components to solidify our supply chain and inventory of component parts, which caused our inventory balances to increase. As a result, our efforts to reduce inventory risk resulting from component shortages can expose us to inventory risk related to obsolete or unsold inventory. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategies" in Part I, Item 1A of this Report.

Competition

Backlog

We had sales backlog of approximately $2.0 billion at December 31, 2017, as compared to the 2016 year-end backlog of $1.8 billion. Backlog consists of purchase orders received, and other forecast requirements under customer contracts which can be subject to change. Although we expect to fill substantially all of our year-end backlog during 2018, we do not currently have long-term agreements with all of our customers, and customer orders can be canceled, changed or delayed. The timely replacement of canceled, changed or delayed orders with orders from new customers cannot be assured, nor can there be any assurance that any of our current customers will continue to utilize our services. Because of these factors, our backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future financial results.

Competition

The services we provide are available from many independent sources as well as from the in-house manufacturing capabilities of current and potential customers. Our competitors include Celestica Inc., Flex Ltd., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Plexus Corp and Sanmina Corporation, some of whom have greater financial, manufacturing or marketing resources than we do.Corporation. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our targeted markets are engineering solutions capabilities, product quality, flexibility, cost and timeliness in responding to design and schedule changes, reliability in meeting product delivery schedules, pricing, technological sophistication and geographic location.

In addition, original design manufacturers (ODMs) that provide design and manufacturing services to OEMs have significantly increased their share of outsourced manufacturing services provided to OEMs in traditional markets,some largely outsourced sectors, such as advanced computing and telecommunication. Competition from ODMs may increase if our business in these markets grows or if ODMs expand further into or beyond these markets.

10


Sustainability

Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) & Sustainability

Benchmark continues to evolve and improve upon its ESG strategy and is committedimplementing and managing long-term, strategic sustainability initiatives. The Nominating, Sustainability and Governance Committee of our Board of Directors is sponsoring this effort and in 2020, Benchmark established an ESG/Sustainability Council. The ESG/Sustainability Council is currently chaired by our General Counsel & Chief Legal Officer, who is a member of our senior executive leadership team and provides regular updates to being “sustainable”. Being sustainable describesthe Nominating, Sustainability and Governance Committee on ESG initiatives and progress. The Council also includes a cross-functional team of leaders representing operations, human resources, supply chain, regulatory compliance, finance, marketing communications, investor relations, facilities and the legal department. On March 21, 2022, the Company achieved a major milestone in its effort to advance our long-termcomprehensive approach to ESG initiatives with the publication of our inaugural 2021 Sustainability Report. The Company's Sustainability Report, published each year, aligns with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) and other frameworks such as the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) and the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). We published our 2022 Sustainability Report on February 27, 2023. We expect to publish our 2023 Sustainability Report in the first quarter of 2024. Our most current sustainability information is posted on our website at https://www.bench.com/sustainability.

Our 2022 Sustainability Report highlights the work we are doing across the globe and within the four tenets of our ESG strategy – Environmental Responsibility, Our People, Governance and Our Community.

9


Environmental Responsibility

Benchmark’s commitment to environmental responsibility is an ESG focus that starts at the corporate level with meaningful goal setting followed by purposeful action. We expect to minimize our environmental impact with our Energy Management and Saving Guidelines which include procedures for reducing our waste sent to landfills through recycling, purchasing environmentally responsible products, and reducing energy and water consumption. All of Benchmark’s sites also comply with local water laws and regulations. Beyond compliance, wherever possible, sites have demonstrated a commitment to water efficiency and conservation by, among other things, utilizing hands-free faucets, toilets, and water fill stations to limit water usage.

Benchmark’s long-term commitment to sustainability is comprehensive, placing increased focus and emphasis on environmental consciousness, social economicresponsibility, ethics and environmental goalscorporate governance, and supply chain ecosystem responsibility. Our goal is to contributedo our part in contributing to a more sustainedsustainable world, while providing value to our shareholders consistent with our business objectives.

Other environmental priorities include:

We apply an ethical approach to source reduction and disposal efforts.
All Benchmark manufacturing facilities are certified to ISO 14001:2015, which is a set of standards related to environmental management and systems. The ISO 14001:2015 standard helps organizations minimize adverse impacts to the environment, comply with applicable laws, regulations and other requirements, and achieve continual improvement in these areas.
Benchmark has launched a number of global initiatives designed to reduce energy consumption in our facilities, including upgrades and or retrofits in LED and motion detector lighting, solar panels, cooling towers, compressed air and vacuum systems, and exhaust fans. In April 2022, the Company launched an internal global manufacturing site competition to promote the environmental benefits of energy, water and waste reduction called the Benchmark Environmental Challenge which continued in 2023. In 2023, our annual global competition focused on implementing projects to support the achievement of our 2025 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions target and to encourage increased environmental responsibility. Reductions in electricity, natural gas and water usage were achieved as a result of the 45+ energy reduction projects implemented by the competition participants.
In 2023, we issued our second company-wide response to the Climate Disclosure Project (CDP) questionnaire on climate change and our first response on water security. Our sustainability priorities include:responses detail our management and oversight of climate-related issues as well as key challenges and opportunities for our Company related to climate change.
Benchmark is pursuing opportunities to expand our renewable energy use by procuring renewable electricity, where available, and installing solar panels on a site-by-site basis. Benchmark installed rooftop solar panels at production facilities in Korat, Thailand in 2022 and in Suzhou, China in 2023.
We understand that energy management involves changing a company’s culture along with changing out inefficient equipment. To that end, we have developed a set of principles and initiatives that we communicate company-wide to help reduce energy use.

Our People

·We believe in upholding the principle of human rights, worker safety and observing fair labor practices within our organization and our supply chain;chain. We embrace diverse viewpoints and perspectives, recognizing that greater inclusion fosters innovation and achieves better decision making and financial results. Supporting initiatives included organizational training, refreshed company values and a revitalized recruiting strategy focused on building a more diverse team. In 2022, we created our first Employee Resource Group (ERG), the Women’s Inclusion Network (WIN), that hosts quarterly events around its mission to build friendships, develop careers, and foster support for women employees. In 2023, we launched our second ERG, Benchmark Resources Advocating Veteran Employees (BRAVE) and we intend to continue creating additional groups in response to employee interest. For additional information, see “Human Capital Management” below.

·protectingWe are also committed to ensuring that proper working conditions exist for the safety of our employees, such as the implementation of 6S lean management concepts (sort, set, shine, standardize, sustain, and safety) and visual management practices, developing, implementing and continuously improving our Occupational Health and Safety Management System, and providing appropriate education, reporting and controls. Benchmark’s global environment, by conserving energyhealth and natural resourcessafety (EHS) policy expresses our commitment to ensuring a safe working environment for our employees, contractors, customers, and avoiding pollution through appropriate management technologycommunities and practices;is a guide for manufacturing sites to use when developing or updating their environmental, health and safety programs.

10


In 2023, Benchmark’s site in Suzhou, China received an upgraded safety certification stemming from a routine government safety audit. The Benchmark sites in Thailand received numerous awards and recognition for their health and safety programs from both the Thai government and public organizations. In 2023 the Korat site received the prestigious “Model Factory for Workplace Safety” award from the Workmen’s Compensation Fund section at the Korat Social Security office as well as the platinum-class award for its Zero Accident Campaign. This was Korat’s seventh consecutive year receiving recognition from Thailand’s Department of Labour Protection and Welfare, Ministry of Labour.

·Governance

We are committed to ensuring ethical organizational governance;governance, promoting business ethics and integrity, and embracing diversity, equity and inclusion in the boardroom and throughout the organization. Benchmark has comprehensive corporate governance policies and structures in place to foster accountability and transparency. These policies reflect our underlying commitment to maintain the highest standards of ethics and integrity and to operate our business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including anti-corruption, anti-bribery, and antitrust.

·We are also committed to observing fair, transparent and accountable operating practices. To this end, Benchmark believes that its ultimate responsibility is to help create and foster the best possible work environment for everyone in our organization. We continue to utilize a “Speak Up!” campaign designed to promote a positive and ethical organizational culture. We believe that each team member, regardless of position, shares in this responsibility, and we encourage all of them to “Speak Up!” with questions or concerns about actual or potential ethical issues, questions about company policies, suggestions about how we can make our organization better and to address any other concerns. To facilitate open and honest communication, our whistleblower Helpline includes local phone numbers in each global location, together with language support, which allows reporters to “Speak Up!” in over 150 native languages. In addition, team members access our web portal to report concerns, ask questions, or quickly access ethics and compliance policies. We believe these efforts strengthen our enterprise ethics and compliance efforts and foster an environment where employees and stakeholders can express and have concerns resolved.

From a governance perspective, Benchmark continues to advance its ESG strategy and is implementing and managing long-term, strategic sustainability initiatives. This effort is led by the Company’s ESG/Sustainability Council, and is overseen by the Nominating, Sustainability and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. Established in 2020, the ESG/Sustainability Council includes a cross-functional team of leaders representing operations, human resources, supply chain, quality and regulatory compliance, finance, marketing communications, investor relations, facilities and legal.

AllOur Community and Supply Chain Responsibility

We are committed to sourcing with suppliers willing to support our sustainability initiatives. Benchmark manufacturing facilities are either currently certified or undergoing certification to ISO 14001. Benchmark endorsedendorses the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA) (formerly the Electronics Industry Citizenship Coalition or EICC) Code of Conduct, which provides guidance in five critical areas of corporate social responsibility (CSR) performance, including labor, health and flows specificsafety, environment, management systems, and ethics. Benchmark also seeks the same endorsement from our business partners, requesting that each business partner adhere to the RBA Code of Conduct or its equivalent at initial engagement and flowing these requirements through our commercial contracts to our business partners and supply chain. Benchmark also conducts a supply chain monitoring system to assess adherence in these areas with regard to our supply chain partners.

Benchmark also supports the EcoVadis rating system; EcoVadis is a provider of sustainability ratings, intelligence and collaborative performance improvement tools for global supply chains. The EcoVadis methodology evaluates criteria across four themes: environment, labor and human rights, ethics and sustainable procurement. In 2023, Benchmark was again awarded the EcoVadis Silver Medal-Sustainability rating, placing it in the top 11% of EcoVadis rated companies.

Benchmark also supports Rule 13p-1 under the Securities Exchange Act (Conflict Minerals Law) and efforts to avoid sourcing conflict minerals (tin, tantalum, tungsten, and gold or other derivatives) that directly or indirectly finance or benefit armed groups in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and in adjoining countries (Covered Countries). Consistent with the Conflict Minerals Law and the OECD Due Diligence Guidance concerning conflict minerals, Benchmark adopted the Responsible Minerals Initiative Due Diligence reporting process and seeks to obtain conflict minerals content declarations from its suppliers, promoting supply chain transparency. Benchmark does not directly source tin, tantalum, tungsten or gold (3TG) from mines, smelters or refiners, and is in most cases several or more levels removed from these supply chain participants.

11


Benchmark therefore expects our suppliers to:

utilize responsible sourcing practices per the Benchmark Conflict Minerals policy and to purge all high-risk smelters from their supply chain.
preferentially source 3TG from smelters and refiners validated as being conflict free and do not directly or indirectly benefit or finance armed groups in any Covered Country.
fully-comply with the Conflict Minerals Law and provide all necessary Conflict Minerals (3TG) declarations.
have a credible, robust conflict minerals program (3TG) which should include: a written conflict minerals policy, communication of requirements to suppliers, CM data collection using the RMI CMRT template, a professional analysis and risk assessment with corrective action on the basis of the CMRTs collected from the suppliers.
pass these requirements through their supply chain and determine the 3TG sources (Smelters or Refiners – SORs).
for suppliers representing the top 90% of our global corporate materials spend (our yearly corporate sample), provide their most recent RMI CMRT form, complete and accurate in the latest version with robust comments where appropriate, during our active yearly CM data collection campaign.

Any suppliers not willing to comply with these requirements shall be reviewed by global procurement with regard to future business and sourcing declarations. This conflict minerals policy encourages our suppliers to respect and protect human rights throughout the world.

Human Capital Management

Our employees are an indispensable contributor to our success. Only an inspired community of talented employees enable us to realize our Company Vision to “positively impact lives by solving complex challenges with our customers, creating innovative products that no one imagined were possible.”

We believe we have a responsibility to foster the best possible work environment for everyone in our organization through sound ethical and organizational governance, by promoting business ethics and integrity, and by embracing equality, diversity and inclusion throughout our organization.

Culture and Values

Benchmark focuses on delivering an engaging employee experience for our team members, creating a workplace where they can build the career of their dreams. Through encouragement, our desire is to have our team members unleash their full potential to drive industry leading business results, while making a lasting difference in the lives of others. We embrace diverse viewpoints and perspectives, recognizing that greater inclusion fosters innovation and improves decision-making and financial results. In 2021, the Company published a refreshed set of core values that drive our culture.

These core values include:

We act with integrity by doing what we say we are going to do, exhibiting accountability, and building trust at all times.
We value inclusion by respecting diverse opinions to collaborate effectively.
We are committed to customers both internally and externally, with a dedication to excellence in every encounter.
We promote ingenuity by proactively attacking challenges, creating innovative solutions, and constantly learning to drive continuous improvement.
We genuinely care for each other, our customers, and our communities.

12


As mentioned above, we established an ESG/Sustainability Council with Board oversight to drive the four tenets of our long-term ESG strategy: Environmental Responsibility, Our People, Governance and Our Community. Our commitment to ESG and these tenets is a strategic and operational imperative as we build a sustainable infrastructure across the Company. In partnership with our employees, we are committed to protecting the natural environment and our community through pollution prevention, conservation, responsible use and sustainable practices. Through our sustainability initiatives, we further engage our employees to ensure that our business practices support diversity, equity and inclusion to build an innovative workforce and to strive toward having our organization reflect the diversity of our customers and suppliers.

Our Human Capital and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s human capital practices and management compensation philosophy, including the incentive compensation and equity-based plans for executives. Our Chief Human Resources Officer reports on important human capital management topics to this committee every quarter, including the Company’s diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Benchmark’s Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) strategy is focused on creating a culture of belonging where team members can be their authentic selves and cultivate a workplace where everyone can succeed.

Our commitment to DEI starts at the top with the Company’s Board of Directors. The Board’s Nominating, Sustainability and Governance Committee has demonstrated its commitment to adding more diversity to our Board with continued female representation, as well as a racially and/or ethnically diverse member as we continue to shift our Board structure. For example, in October 2021, Benchmark appointed Ramesh Gopalakrishnan to fill a vacant board position who is a native of India and brings diverse perspectives and thought leadership to the Board based on his significant global operational and strategy experience at several multinational companies. We will continue to keep diversity in mind as we add new directors to our Board in the future.

In 2023, the senior executive team selected 11 Benchmark team members to serve on the Company’s Inclusion Council for the current year. In 2024, the team was expanded to 30 Benchmark team members. Sponsored by our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Human Resources Officer, the Inclusion Council meets regularly to discuss the Company’s role in DEI and provide advice to integrate, inform and shape the DEI strategy at Benchmark. Our aim is to ensure that the Company is a place where diverse thinking, experiences and ideas are encouraged, presented and celebrated in order to see the best ideas come to life. To advance these objectives, the Company increased the availability of training on topics such as leading inclusively, anti-harassment, anti-discrimination and unconscious bias. The Company is also training our talent acquisition team and hiring managers on how to work to eliminate bias in the interview process. The Company has also conducted a global engagement and inclusion survey each fall starting in 2021 to elicit feedback from employees and continues to develop action plans for continuous improvement in the areas of leadership, feedback and recognition, communication, inclusion, learning and development. The Human Capital and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors reviews these initiatives and results with our CEO and Chief Human Resources Officer quarterly to track progress on our DEI strategy.

Career Development

Benchmark is committed to developing a qualified and motivated workforce to power our continued innovation and growth. We provide opportunities for employees to gain the skills and knowledge they need to advance in the Company and fulfill their personal career goals.

We are on a journey to transform and modernize our talent management practices at Benchmark. The Company’s Human Capital Management (HCM) system, which was established to provide a common database upon which the Company can centralize people-related data and standardize people management processes across the globe, provides an operating framework to enable leaders to better hire talent and manage teams, including goal setting, performance evaluations, succession planning, and learning and development. The HCM system also provides visibility for the Company to monitor employee retention rates, employee promotions and other data to help ensure that we focus on giving employees opportunities to advance within the Company. The Company also offers competency-based training on leadership and skills development through our contracts, Supplier Assurance Manualonline learning platform.

13


We offer competitive compensation and Supplier Codebenefits packages that reflect the needs of Conduct.our workforce. For our U.S. operations, we offer medical, dental, and vision benefits, disability coverage, survivor benefits, and a wellness program. We also offer competitive retirement benefits including a 401(k) match program at 100% of eligible employee contributions up to 4%, as well as similar retirement financial contributions in other countries in which we operate. In addition to base salary, Benchmark employees participate in a Quarterly Incentive Plan or Annual Incentive Plan that supports our organizational philosophy of allowing employees to share in the Company’s performance and success. These plans align employee efforts to achieve the Company’s strategic objectives through cash bonus payouts based primarily on performance results achieved against plan performance measures. Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and reward performance and align incentives with achievement of the Company’s strategic plan and both short- and long-term operating objectives. In accordance with our compensation philosophy established by the Human Capital and Compensation Committee and the Board, we believe our executive pay is well-aligned with performance, creating a positive relationship between our operational performance and shareholder returns. Benchmark utilizes equity grants as part of at-risk incentive compensation for Named Executive Officers using a combination of performance-based restricted stock units and time-based restricted stock units to align their compensation with the creation of shareholder value.

Our Chief Human Resources Officer, and other key leaders in our organization, update the Human Capital and Compensation Committee on our strategy for talent development and retention, including succession planning for key positions in the Company.

Health and Safety

The safety of our employees is also of paramount concern to us. We are committed to ensuring that proper working conditions exist for the safety of our employees, such as the implementation of 6S and visual management practices, developing, implementing and continuously improving our Occupational Health and Safety Management System, and providing appropriate education, reporting and controls. We engage our employees to participate in decision-making as part of our Occupational Health and Safety Management System to ensure that we are developing, implementing and continuously improving our health and safety ecosystem and performance to prevent injury and illness.

As of December 31, 2023, we employed approximately 12,703 people, approximately 306 of whom were engaged in design and development engineering. Additionally, our contractor workforce included approximately 850 people. None of our domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. Some European countries also often have mandatory legal provisions regarding terms of employment, severance compensation and other conditions of employment that are more restrictive than U.S. laws. We have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage, and we believe that our employee and labor relations are strong.

Segments and International Operations

We have manufacturing facilities in the Americas (United States and Mexico), Asia (China, Malaysia and Thailand) and Europe (Netherlands and Romania) to serve our customers. Benchmark is operated and managed geographically, and management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a geographic basis. During 2023, 2022 and 2021, 58%, 61% and 55%, respectively, of our total sales were from our international operations. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for segment and geographical information.

Governmental Regulation

Our operations, and the operations of businesses that we acquire, are subject to foreign, federal, state and local regulatory requirements relating to security clearance, trade compliance, anticorruption,anti-corruption, environmental, waste management, and health and safety matters. We seekare committed to operateoperating in compliance with all applicable requirements. Significant costs and liabilities may arise from these requirements or from new, modified or more stringent requirements, which could affect our earnings and competitive position. In addition, our past, current and future operations, and those of businesses we acquire, may give rise to claims of exposure by employees or the public or to other claims or liabilities relating to environmental, waste management or health and safety concerns.

We periodically generate and temporarily handle limited amounts of materials that are considered hazardous waste under applicable law. We contract for the off-site disposal of these materials and have implemented a waste management program to address related regulatory issues. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Compliance or the failure to comply with environmental and climate change regulations could cause us significant expense” in Part I, Item 1A of this Report.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we employed approximately 10,600 people, of whom approximately 300 were engaged in design and development engineering. None of our domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. Some European countries also often have mandatory legal provisions regarding terms of employment, severance compensation and other conditions of employment that are more restrictive than U.S. laws. We have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage, and we believe that our employee and labor relations are good.

Segments and International Operations

We have manufacturing facilities in the Americas, Asia and Europe to serve our customers. Benchmark is operated and managed geographically, and management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a geographic basis. We currently operate outside the United States in China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Romania and Thailand. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, 46%, 47% and 50%, respectively, of our sales were from our international operations. See Note 9 and Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for segment and geographical information.

1114


Available Information

Our website may be viewed at http:https://www.bench.com.www.bench.com. Reference to our website is for informational purposes only and the information contained therein is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.Report. We make available free of charge through our internet website our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. All reports we file with the SEC are also available free of charge via EDGAR through the SEC’s website at http:https://www.sec.gov or to read and copy at the SEC Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information can be obtained on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330..

15


Item 1A.Risk Factors.Factors

The following risk factors should be read carefully when reviewing the Company’s business, the forward-looking statements contained in this Report, and the other statements the Company or its representatives make from time to time. Any of the following risk factors could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition and the actual results of the matters addressed by the forward-looking statements.

Operational Risks

We are exposed to general economic and market conditions that could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Uncertainty over the erosion of global consumer confidence, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, concerns about volatile energy costs, declining asset values, inflation, rising unemployment, and the stability and solvency of financial institutions, financial markets, businesses, and sovereign nations has slowed global economic growth and resulted in recessions in many countries, including in the United States, Europe and certain countries in Asia over the past several years. The economic recovery of recent years is fragile, and recessionary conditions may return. Any of these potential negative economic conditions may reduce demand for our customers’ products and adversely affect our sales. Consequently, our past operating results, earnings and cash flows may not be indicative of our future operating results, earnings and cash flows.

In addition to our customers or potential customers reducing or delaying orders, a number of other negative effects on our business could materialize, including the insolvency of key suppliers, which could result in production delays, shorter payment terms from suppliers due to reduced availability of credit default insurance in the market, the inability of customers to obtain credit, and the insolvency of one or more customers. Any of these effects could impact our ability to effectively manage inventory levels and collect receivables, increase our need for cash, and decrease our net revenue and profitability.

In cases where the evidence suggests a customer may not be able to satisfy its obligation to us, we establish reserves in an amount we determine appropriate for the perceived risk. There can be no assurance that our reserves will be adequate. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional receivable and inventory reserves may be required and restructuring charges may be incurred.

Shortages or price increases of components specified by our customers would delayhave in the past delayed, and are expected to continue delaying, shipments and may adversely affect our profitability.

Substantially all of our sales are derived from manufacturing services in which we purchase components specified by our customers. In the past,Recently, supply shortages have substantially curtailed production of all assemblies using a particular componentfor components and commodity categories used in manufacturing resulted in industry-wide shortages of electronic components particularlyand curtailed production of memoryassemblies, primarily as a result of labor and logic devices, have occurred. For example,supply disruptions. In some instances, such components shortages resulted in delayed shipment. Meanwhile, the 2011 earthquakeincreased demand in surface mount components caused us to experience component shortages and tsunami in Japan disrupted the global supply chain

12


longer lead times for certain components manufactured in Japan that were incorporated in the products we manufactured. The 2011 Thailand flood had a similar impact. Any such component shortages may result in delayed shipments, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins.components. Because of the continued increase in demand for surface mount components, we anticipateexperienced component shortages and longer lead times for certain components to occur from time to time.have occurred. Also, we have and may continue to bear the risk of component price increases that occur between periodic re-pricings of productproducts during the term of a customer contract. If shortages or delays in component products persist, the price of certain components may increase further, we may be exposed to quality issues, including the risk of receiving counterfeit parts, or the components may not be available at all. Further, we may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build products or provide services in a timely manner in the quantities needed or according to customer specifications. Accordingly, certain componentour business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could suffer if we lose time-sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or are unable to pass on price increases could adversely affectto our gross profit margins.customers due to such component shortages or delays.

We are dependent on the success of our customers and the markets in which they operate. When our customers or the markets in which they operate experience declines or grow at a significantly slower pace than anticipated, we may be adversely affected.

We are dependent on the continued growth, viability and financial stability of our customers. Our customers are OEMs of:

·

industrial equipment,

·      equipment

products for the aerospace and defenseA&D industries;

·

telecommunication equipment;

·      computers

advanced computing systems and related products for business enterprises;

·

medical devices; and

semi-cap equipment.

·      testing and instrumentation products.

These markets are subject to rapid technological change, vigorous competition, short product life cycles and consequent product obsolescence. When our customers are adversely affected by these factors, we may be similarly affected.

The loss of a major customer would adversely affect us.

OurA substantial percentage of our sales are dependent onmade to a small number of customers, and the successloss of our customers, some of which operate in businesses associated with rapid technological change and consequent product obsolescence. Developmentsa major customer, if not replaced, would adversely affect us. Further, developments adverse to our major customers or their products, or the failure of a major customer to pay for components or services, could have an adverse effect on us. A substantial percentage of our sales are made to a small number of customers, and the loss of a major customer, if not replaced, would adversely affect us. Sales to our ten largest customers represented 46%52%, 43%52% and 47% of our total sales in 2017, 2016 2023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively. In 2017, sales to International Business Machines Corporation and Applied Materials, Inc. represented 12% and 10%, respectively, of our sales.

We expect to continue to depend on sales to our largest customers, and any material delay, cancellation or reduction of orders from these customers or other significant customers would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we generate significant accounts receivable in connection with providing services to our customers. If one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise unable to pay for the services provided by us, our operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

16


Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

The volume and timing of sales to our customers vary due to:

·

changes in demand for their products;

·

their attempts to manage their inventory;

·

design changes;

·

changes in their manufacturing strategies; and

·

acquisitions of, or consolidations among, customers.

13


Due in part to these factors, most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter in advance. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity.capacity and on-hand inventory components and supplies. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses, including component parts inventory, in order to meet the anticipated demand of our customers. Anticipated orders from many of our customers have, in the past, failed to materialize or delivery schedules have been deferred as a result of changes in our customers’ business needs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.operations due to inefficient use of manufacturing capacity, increasing inventory balances and potential write-downs or write-offs of obsolete or unsold inventory. On other occasions, our customers have required rapid increases in production, which havehas placed an excessive burden on our resources. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on us in the past and may again in the future.

A business downturn resulting from any of these external factors could result in restructuring and other charges, write-downs or write-offs of obsolete or unsold inventory and a deterioration in our gross profit, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating income. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Report.

Winning business is subject to lengthy, competitive bid selection processes that often require us to incur significant expense, from which we may ultimately generate no revenue.

Our business is dependent on us winning competitive bid selection processes. These selection processes are typically lengthy and can require us to dedicate significant development expenditures and scarce engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. Failure to obtain a particular design win may prevent us from obtaining design wins in subsequent generations of a particular product. This cancould result in lost revenue and could weaken our position in future competitive bid selection processes.

Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategies.

The degree of success or failure of our customers’ products in the market also affects our business. On occasion, customers require rapid increases in production, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand can harm our gross profits and operating results.

EMS providers must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround for their customers. We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers, and we continue to experience reduced lead-times in customer orders. Customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy for a number of reasons. Cancellations, reductions, delays or changes in the sourcing strategy by a significant customer or by a group of customers could negatively impact our operating income.

In addition, we make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs, capital expenditures and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements. The short-term nature of our customers’ commitments and the possibility of rapid changes in demand for their products impede our ability to accurately estimate the future requirements of those customers.

The degree This could result in manufacturing inefficiencies and the buildup of success component inventories, especially with respect to components ordered from single source suppliers and/or failurethat are under non-cancellable, non-returnable purchase orders, each of our customers’ products in the market also affects our business. On occasion, customers require rapid increases in production, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed,could have a reduction in customer demand can harmmaterial adverse effect on our gross profits, results of operations, liquidity and operating results. See Management’s Discussionfinancial position.

17


As part of our business strategy, we employ an extensive supply chain management strategy that works to coordinate, on a customer-by-customer basis, forecasts, orders, reschedules and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7inventory component lead times. As part of this Report.strategy, we engage the supply chain (sometimes with customer directed suppliers) to determine optimal component inventory levels based on orders and forecasted demand. In many cases, the component inventories maintained, which relate to orders placed and demand forecasts from the customer, are unique to a particular customer. In addition, some component inventories we maintain are procured under non-cancellable, non-returnable purchase orders. This supply chain management strategy can result in a buildup of component inventories in times of decreasing demand or other supply chain and manufacturing disruptions. Due to recent global labor and supply disruptions and increased demand for electronics in general, over the last several years we coordinated with customers to enhance our procurement of components to solidify our supply chain and inventory of component parts, which caused our inventory balances to increase over the last several years.

To mitigate our risks related to obsolete or unsold inventory, particularly with respect to component inventory that is procured under non-cancellable, non-returnable purchase orders and/or that is unique to a specific customer, we generally structure our agreements with contractual provisions that require the customer to purchase or reimburse us for component inventories maintained on their behalf or under binding non-returnable, non-cancellable purchase orders in the event the customer terminates the contract, or reduces or delays their purchase commitments or forecasts. Such contractual provisions are subject to conditions and interpretation, and our customers may allege defenses to the payment obligations we maintain are owed to us. Our ability to enforce these reimbursement provisions in our contracts could be costly and a customer could refuse or be unable to meet their obligations to us, which could result in material impairments of our inventories, litigation, increased inventory carrying costs and decreased liquidity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our gross profit, results of operations and financial position.

We may encounter significant delays or defaults in payments owed to us by customers for products we have manufactured or components we have produced that are unique to particular customers.

We structure our agreements with customers to mitigate our risks related to obsolete or unsold inventory. However, enforcement of these contracts may result in material expense and delay in payment for inventory. If any of our significant customers become unable or unwilling to purchase such inventory, our business may be materially harmed. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Report.

14


Government contracts are subject to significant regulation, including rules related to bidding, billing, accounting kickbacks and false claims, and any non-compliance could subject us to fines and penalties or debarment.

Like all government contractors, we are subject to risks associated with this contracting. These risks include substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties if we were to fail to follow procurement integrity and bidding rules or cost accounting standards, employ improper billing practices, receive or pay kickbacks or file false claims. We have been, and expect to continue to be, subjected to audits and investigations by U.S. and foreign government agencies and authorities. The failure to comply with the terms of our government contracts could result in progress payments being withheld, our suspension or debarment from future government contracts or harm to our business reputation.

Our financial results depend, in part, on our ability to perform on our U.S. government contracts, which are subject to uncertain levels of funding, timing and termination.

We provide services both as a prime contractor and subcontractor for the U.S. government. Consequently, a portion of our financial results depends on our performance under these contracts. Delays, cost overruns or product failures in connection with one or more contracts, could lead to their termination and negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. We can give no assurance that we would be awarded new contracts to offset the revenues lost as a result of such a termination.

U.S. government programs require congressional appropriations, which are typically made for a single fiscal year even though a program may extend over several years. Programs often are only partially funded, and additional funding requires further congressional appropriations. The programs in which we participate compete with other programs for consideration and funding during the budget and appropriations process, which can be impacted by shifting and often competing political priorities.

Our government contracts often involve the development, application and manufacture of advanced defense and technology systems and products aimed at achieving challenging goals. New technologies used for these contracts may be untested or unproven and product requirements and specifications may be modified. Consequently, technological and other performance difficulties may cause delays, cost overruns or product failures. Moreover, there can be no assurance that amounts we spend to develop new products or solutions to compete for a government contract will be recovered since we may not be awarded the contract.

15


Our international operations are subject to certain risks.

During 20172023, 2022 and 2021, 58%, 2016 61% and 2015, 46%, 47% and 50%,55% respectively, of our sales were from our international operations. These international operations are subject to a number of risks, including:

·

public health crises, such as the COVID pandemic, which can result in varying impacts to our business, employees, customers, suppliers, vendors and partners internationally;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

·

coordinating communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

·

less flexible employee relationships, which complicate meeting demand fluctuations and can be difficult and expensive to terminate;

·

political and economic instability (including acts of terrorism, and outbreaks of war)war, ongoing conflicts, such as between Russia and Ukraine and in Israel and Gaza, and trade restrictions and tariffs), which could impact our ability to ship and/or receive product;

·

changes in foreign or domestic government policies, regulatory requirements and laws, which could impact our business;

·

longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting accounts receivable;

·

export controls, import duties, import controlstariffs, and trade barriersrestrictions (including quotas and border taxes);

·

governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds;

·

risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

18


·

burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and labor practices, including various and changing minimum wage regulations;

·

high inflation and fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect foreign taxes due, component costs, local payroll, utility and other expenses; and

·

inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations to reducewhich would increase our U.S. income taxes.

overall effective tax rate.

Changes made that impact the way we operate internally could have a negative impact on us and reduce the demand for our foreign manufacturing facilities. Moreover, any retaliatoryregulatory actions by other countries where we operate could also negatively impact our financial performance. In addition, changes in policies by the U.S. or other governments could negatively affect our operating results due to trade wars, changes in duties, tariffs or taxes, currency exchange rate fluctuations, or limitations on currency or fund transfers, as well as government-imposed restrictions on producing certain products in, or shipping them to, specific countries. Also, our current facilities in Mexico operate under the Mexican Maquiladora (IMMEX) program. This program provides for reduced tariffs and eased import regulations. We could be adversely affected by changes in the IMMEX program or our failure to comply with its requirements. Additionally, increasing tariffs and other trade protection measures between the United States and China may affect the cost of our products originating in China as well as the demand for our products manufactured in China in the event our customers reduce operations in China as a result of such tariffs or trade protection measures. These actions could also affect the cost and/or availability of components that we procure from suppliers in China.

In addition, several of the countries where we operate have emerging or developing economies, which may be subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks. Certain events, including natural disasters, can impact the infrastructure of a developing country more severely than they would impact the infrastructure of a developed country. A developing country can also take longer to recover from such events, which could lead to delays in our ability to resume full operations. These factors may harm our results of operations, and any measures that we may implement to reduce the effect of volatile currencies and other risks of our international operations may not be effective. In our experience, entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up expenses for market development, hiring and establishing office facilities before any significant revenues are generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable.

Certain foreign jurisdictions, as well as the U.S. government, restrict the amount of cash that can be transferred to the U.S.United States or impose taxes and penalties on such transfers of cash. To the extent we have excess cash in foreign locations that could be used in, or is needed by, our operations in the United States, we may incur significant penalties and/or taxes to repatriate these funds.

Another significant legal risk resulting from our international operations is compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA, other U.S. laws and regulations, or similar laws of host countries and related anti-bribery conventions. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to comply with the FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, agents, or those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

16


Regulatory, legislative or self-regulatory/standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

U.S. privacy and data security laws apply to our various businesses. We also do business globally in countries that have more stringent data protection laws than those in the United States that may be inconsistent across jurisdictions and are subject to evolving and differing interpretations. Governments, privacy advocates and class action attorneys are increasingly scrutinizing how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. In Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) takes effect on May 25, 2018, requiring us to protect the privacy of certain personal data of European Union (EU) citizens. While we expect to implement processes and controls to timely comply with GDPR requirements, the manner in which the EU will interpret and enforce certain provisions remains unclear and we could incur significant fines of up to 4% of worldwide revenue, individual damages and reputational risks if our controls and processes are ineffective and we fail to comply.

We operate in a highly competitive industry; if we are not able to compete effectively in the EMS industry, our business could be adversely affected.

We compete against many providers of electronics manufacturing services. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources and more geographically diversified international operations than we do. Our competitors Celestica Inc., Flex Ltd., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Plexus Corp and Sanmina Corporation, some of whom have greater financial, manufacturing or marketing resources than we do. In addition, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers that are selling, or may begin to sell, electronics manufacturing services.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and future customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing to EMS providers. In addition, in recent years, ODMs that provide design and manufacturing services to OEMs, have significantly increased their share of outsourced manufacturing services provided to OEMs in several markets, such as notebook and desktop computers, personal computer motherboards, and consumer electronic products. Competition from ODMs may increase if our business in these markets grows or if ODMs expand further into or beyond these markets.

During periods of recession in the electronics industry, our competitive advantages in the areas of quick turnaround manufacturing and responsive customer service may be of reduced importance to electronics OEMs, who may become more price sensitive. We may also be at a competitive disadvantage with respect to price when compared to manufacturers with lower cost structures, particularly those with more offshore facilities located where labor and other costs are lower.

We experience intense competition, which can intensify further as more companies enter the markets in which we operate, as existing competitors expand capacity and as the industry consolidates. The availability of excess manufacturing capacity at many of our competitors creates intense pricing and competitive pressure on the EMS industry as a whole. To compete effectively, we must continue to provide technologically advanced manufacturing services, maintain strict quality standards, respond flexibly and rapidly to customers’ design and schedule changes and deliver products globally on a reliable basis at competitive prices. Our inability to do so could have an adverse effect on us.

17


We may experience fluctuations in quarterly results.

Our quarterly results may vary significantly depending on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

·      the volume of customer orders relative to our capacity;

·      customer introduction and market acceptance of new products;

·      changes in demand for customer products;

·      seasonality in demand for customer products;

·      pricing and other competitive pressures;

·      the timing of our expenditures in anticipation of future orders;

·      our effectiveness in managing manufacturing processes;

·      changes in cost and availability of labor and components;

·      changes in our product mix;

·      changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate;

·      changes in political and economic conditions; and

·      local factors and events that may affect our production volume, such as local holidays or natural disasters.

Additionally, as is the case with many high technology companies, a significant portion of our shipments typically occur in the last few weeks of a given quarter. Accordingly, sales shifts from quarter to quarter may not be readily apparent until the end of a given quarter, and may have a significant effect on projected and reported results.

Acquisitions may pose difficulties for us.

Our capabilities have historically grown through acquisitions, and we may pursue additional acquisitions in the future. Our projections of results and successfully integrating acquired operations into our network involve risks, including:

·      integration and management of the operations;

·      as noted above, demand can vary, and our projections of results may be wrong due to deferred or reduced demand;

·      retention of key personnel;

·      integration of purchasing operations and information systems;

·      retention of the customer base of acquired businesses;

·      management of an increasingly larger and more geographically disparate business;

·      the possibility that past transactions or practices may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks; and

·      diversion of management’s attention from other ongoing business concerns.

Our profitability will suffer if we are unable to successfully integrate an acquisition, if the acquisition does not further our business strategy as we expected or if we do not achieve sufficient revenue to offset the increased expenses associated with these acquisitions. We may overpay for, or otherwise not realize the expected return on, our investments, which could adversely affect our operating results and potentially cause impairments to assets that we record as a part of an acquisition including intangible assets and goodwill.

Start-up costs and inefficiencies related to new or transferred programs can adversely affect our operating results and such costs may not be recoverable if the new programs or transferred programs are cancelled.

Start-up costs, the management of labor and equipment resources in connection with the establishment of new programs and new customer relationships, and the need to estimate required resources in advance can adversely affect our gross margins and operating results. These factors are particularly evident in the early stages of the life cycle of new products and new programs or program transfers and in the opening of new facilities. These factors

18


also affect our ability to efficiently use labor and equipment. We are currently managing a number of new programs. If any of these new programs or new customer relationships were terminated, our operating results could be harmed, particularly in the short term.short-term. We may not be able to recoup these start-up costs or replace anticipated new program revenues.

We may be affected by consolidationOur financial results depend, in the electronics industry, which could create increased pricing and competitive pressurespart, on our business.

Consolidation in the electronics industry could result in a decrease in manufacturing capacity as companies seekability to close plants or take other steps to increase efficiencies and realize synergies of mergers, creating increased pricing and competitive pressures for the EMS industry as a whole andperform on our business in particular. In addition, consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large electronics companies offering products in multiple sectors of the electronics industry. The growth of these large companies, with significant purchasing and marketing power, could also result in increased pricing and competitive pressures for us. Accordingly, industry consolidation could harm our business. We may need to increase our efficiencies to compete and may incur additional restructuring charges.

WeU.S. government contracts, which are subject to the riskuncertain levels of increased taxes.funding, timing and termination.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated natureprovide services both as a prime contractor and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes.

Several countries where we operate allowsubcontractor for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained holidays or other incentives where available. Our taxes could increase if certain tax holidays or incentives were retracted, or if they were not renewed upon expiration, or tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions were otherwise increased. In addition, further acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase. Given the scope of our international operations and our international tax arrangements, changes to the manner in which U.S. based multinational companies are taxed in the U.S. could havegovernment. Consequently, a material impact onportion of our financial results depend on our performance under these contracts. Delays, cost overruns or product failures, in connection with one or more contracts, could lead to their termination and competitiveness.

In 2017,negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. We can give no assurance that we incurred a net estimated tax expense of $97.7 million duewill be awarded new contracts to offset the one-time mandatory transition tax on the deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings and the re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilitiesrevenues lost as a result of such a termination.

19


U.S. government programs require congressional appropriations, which are typically made for a single fiscal year even though a program may extend over several years. Programs often are only partially funded, and additional funding requires further congressional appropriations. The programs in which we participate compete with other programs for consideration and funding during the U.S. Tax Cutsbudget and Jobs Act (U.S. Tax Reform) enacted in December 2017. In computing our expense, we are allowed under new SEC accounting guidance to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one yearappropriations process, which can be impacted by shifting and often competing political priorities.

Our government contracts often involve the development, application and manufacture of the enactment date. We consider a number of key estimates we have made with respect to the U.S. Tax Reform toadvanced defense and technology systems and products aimed at achieving challenging goals. New technologies used for these contracts may be incomplete due to our continuing analysis of final year-end datauntested or unproven and tax positions. Our continuing analysis (which will include evaluation of future U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretationsproduct requirements and specifications may be modified. Consequently, technological and other performance difficulties may cause delays, cost overruns or court decisions interpreting U.S. Tax Reform, accounting interpretations or other developments relating to the U.S. Tax Reform) could affect the measurement of these balances, which could materially affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate. See Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Income taxes and Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk; our goodwill may become impaired.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. We are required to assess goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicateproduct failures. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the carrying valueamounts we spend to develop new products or solutions to compete for a government contract will be recovered since we may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. A significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization could result in material charges in future periods that

19


could be adverse to our operating results and financial position. As of December 31, 2017, we had $191.6 million in goodwill and $85.1 million of identifiable intangible assets. See Note 1(h) toawarded the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.contract.

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The consolidated financial statements included in the periodic reports we file with the SEC are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets (including intangible assets), liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future, and any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Any litigation, even where a claim is without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.

In the past, we have been notified of claims relating to various matters including intellectual property rights, contractual matters, labor issues or other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the event of any such claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money and resources, even where the claim is without merit. Accordingly, the resolution of such disputes, even those encountered in the ordinary course of business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial conditions and results of operations.

Our success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our key personnel.

We depend significantly on our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any one of these executive officers or other key personnel, or the failure to attract and retain new personnel, could have an adverse effect on us.

If we are unable to maintain our technological and manufacturing process expertise, our business could be adversely affected.

The market for our manufacturing and engineering services is characterized by rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. We are continually evaluating the advantages and feasibility of new manufacturing processes. We believe that our future success will depend upon our ability to develop and provide manufacturing services that meet our customers’ changing needs. This requires that we maintain technological leadership and successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis. Our failure to maintain our technological and manufacturing process expertise could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to breach of our security systems and interruptions in our information systems.

We have implemented security systems to secure our physical facilities and protect our confidential information, as well as that of our customers and suppliers. Information technology plays an essential role in business; we maintain some of our information systems and, rely on third parties for a portion of our needs. The recent successes of sophisticated hackers have been well publicized and, despite our efforts, we are subject to breach of security systems, which could result in unauthorized access to our facilities and the information we are trying to protect. If unauthorized parties gain physical access to one of our facilities or electronic access to our information systems, or if information is misdirected, lost or stolen during transmission or transport, any theft or misuse of such information could result, among other things, in unfavorable publicity, governmental inquiry and oversight, difficulty in

20


marketing our services, allegations of contractual breach, litigation by affected parties and possible financial obligations for damages related to the theft or misuse of the information, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability, cash flow and relationships with affected customers. In addition, we rely on our information systems to run our business; despite our efforts to create appropriate redundancies and ensure continuous information flow, even simple failures in these systems resulting from natural disasters or facility damage can lead to supply or production interruptions that result in lost revenue, profits, contractual penalties and reputational damage.

Any delay in the upgrade of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We are currently upgrading our enterprise resource planning system in our manufacturing facilities, which we anticipate taking several years. Failure to complete the upgrade could leave us with sites without the systems capabilities to flexibly support future customer requirements for manufacturing capabilities, data driven analytics and unanticipated increases in costs.

Our stock price is volatile.

Our common shares have experienced significant price volatility, which may continue in the future. The price of our shares can fluctuate widely in response to a range of factors, including our financial results and changing conditions in the economy generally or in our industry in particular. In addition, stock markets generally experience significant price and volume volatility from time to time which may affect the market price of our shares for reasons unrelated to our performance.

Provisions in our governing documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of the Company.

Certain provisions of our governing documents and the Texas Business Organizations Code may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of the Company through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method, even if shareholders might consider such a development beneficial. These provisions include:

·a provision in our certificate of formation granting the Board of Directors authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the relative rights and preferences of such preferred stock;

·provisions in our bylaws restricting shareholders from acting by less than unanimous written consent and requiring advance notification of shareholder nominations and proposals;

·a provision in our bylaws restricting anyone, other than the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Board of Directors or the holders of at least 10% of all outstanding shares entitled to vote, from calling a special meeting of the shareholders;

·a statutory restriction on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and

·a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

Our business or stock price could be negatively affected by the actions of activist shareholders or others.

Responding to actions by activist shareholders or others can be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees. Our ability to execute our strategic plan could also be impaired. In addition, a proxy contest for the election of directors would require us to incur significant fees and expenses, as well as requiring significant time and attention by management and our Board of Directors. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction also could affect the market price and volatility of our common shares, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners and may affect our relationships with vendors, customers or others.

21


Compliance or the failure to comply with environmental regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to environmental, waste management, and health and safety concerns, including the handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials used in or derived from our manufacturing processes. If we or companies we acquire have failed or fail in the future to comply with such laws and regulations, then we could incur liabilities and fines and our operations could be suspended. Such laws and regulations could also restrict our ability to modify or expand our facilities, could require us to acquire costly equipment, or could impose other significant expenditures. In addition, our operations may give rise to claims of property contamination or human exposure to hazardous chemicals or conditions.

Our worldwide operations are subject to local laws and regulations. Over the last several years, we have become subject to the RoHS directive and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive. These directives restrict the distribution of products containing certain substances, including lead, within applicable geographies and require a manufacturer or importer to recycle products containing those substances.

These directives affect the worldwide electronics and electronics components industries as a whole. If we or our customers fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could incur liabilities and fines and our operations could be suspended.

In addition, as climate change concerns become more prevalent, the U.S. and foreign governments have sought to limit the effects of any such changes. This increasing governmental focus on climate change may result in new environmental regulations that may negatively affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs or obligations in complying with any new environmental regulations, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

Our business may be adversely impacted by geopolitical events.

As a global business, we operate and have customers located in many countries. Geopolitical events such as terrorist acts may affect the overall economic environment and negatively impact the demand for our customers’ productsclimate change or our ability to ship or receive products. As a result, customer orders may be lower and our financial results may be adversely affected.

Our business may be adversely impacted by natural disasters.

Some of our facilities including our corporate headquarters, are located in areas that may be impacted by hurricanes, earthquakes, water shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions and other natural or manmade disasters. For example, our facilities in Thailand experienced extensive flooding in 2011. Our insurance coverage for natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. This coverage may not be adequate or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. See “—Operational Risks—We bear the risk of uninsured losses.”

In addition, some of our facilities possess certifications necessary to work on specialized products that our other locations lack. If work is disrupted at one of these facilities, it may be impractical, or we may be unable, to transfer such specialized work to another facility without significant costs and delays. Thus, any disruption in operations at a facility with specialized certifications could adversely affect our ability to provide products and services to our customers, and thus negatively affect our relationships and financial results.

We bear the risk of uninsured losses.

As a result of extensive 2011 flooding in Thailand, we have been unable to obtain cost-effective flood insurance to adequately cover assets at our facilities in Thailand. We continue to monitor the insurance market in Thailand.Thailand; however, we have made physical alterations to help mitigate a similar natural disaster. We

22


maintain insurance on all our properties and operations—including our assets in Thailand—operations for risks and in amounts customary in the industry. While such insurance includes general liability, property & casualty, cybersecurity and directors & officers liability coverage, not all losses are insured, and we retain certain risks of loss through deductibles, limits and self-retentions. In the event we experience a significant uninsured loss, in Thailand or elsewhere, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our level of indebtedness may limit our flexibility in operating our business and reacting to changes in our business or industry, or prevent us from making payments on our debt or obtaining additional financing.

As of December 31, 2017, our total outstanding debt (excluding unamortized debt issuance costs) was $211.7 million, substantially all of which represented borrowings under our $230.0 million term loan facility (the Term Loan). Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

·increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

·impair our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

·require us to dedicate a material portion of our cash flows from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other purposes;

·expose us to the risk of increased interest rates since the Term Loan has a variable rate;

·limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or industry;

·place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

·make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations.

Any of these risks could materially impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to interest rate fluctuations.

We have exposure to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings under our variable rate credit agreement. These borrowings’ interest rates are based on the spread, at our option, over the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (LIBO), the bank’s prime rate or the federal funds rate. We are also exposed to interest rate risk on our invested cash balances.

Changes in financial accounting standards or policies have affected, and in the future may affect, our reported financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, changes in securities laws and regulations could increase our operating costs.

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions that are completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or questions as to how we interpret or implement them may have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results or on the way we conduct business. For example, in May 2014 the FASB issued a new standard (commonly referred to as ASC 606) which will change the way we recognize revenue and significantly expand the disclosures requirements for revenue arrangements. We adopted the requirements of this new standard on January 1, 2018. The Company has determined that the new standard will change the timing of revenue recognition for a significant portion of its business, whereby revenue will be recognized earlier than under the current accounting rules, as we incur costs, as opposed to when units are shipped. This standard will also have material impact to the Company’s balance sheet, primarily related to a reduction in finished goods and work-in-process inventories and an increase in contract assets. New controls will be needed to comply with such changes and we may fail to adequately implement the needed changes. See Note 1(q) of the Notes

23


to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information relating to our adoption of the new revenue recognition standard.

We review our internal controls over financial reporting annually. In doing so, we may identify deficiencies in those controls. A material weakness or deficiency in our internal controls could increase the likelihood that a material misstatement or lack of disclosure within the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Adverse publicity related to the disclosure of a material weakness or deficiency in internal controls over financial reporting could have a negative impact on our reputation, business and stock price.

Corporate governance, public disclosure and compliance practices continue to evolve based upon government action and the policies of stockholder advisory groups. As a result, the number of rules and regulations applicable to us may increase, which would also increase our legal and financial compliance costs and the amount of time management must devote to compliance activities. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions instituted to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and adjoining countries that are believed to benefit armed groups. The European Union is contemplating similar legislation. The SEC adopted new due diligence, disclosure and reporting requirements for companies that manufacture products that include components containing such minerals, regardless of whether the minerals are mined in the DRC or adjoining countries. These requirements may decrease the acceptable sources of supply of such minerals, increase their cost and disrupt our supply chain if we need to obtain components from different suppliers. Since we manufacture products containing such minerals for our customers, we are required to comply with these rules. The compliance process is time-consuming and costly. Failure to comply with applicable new regulations could result in additional costs (including fines and penalties) as well as affect our reputation. Increasing regulatory burdens could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and executive officers in light of an increase in actual or perceived workload and liability for serving in such positions.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Some of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our transportation activities. While significant uncertainty exists about the future levels of energy prices, a significant increase is possible. Increased energy prices could cause an increase in our raw material and transportation costs. In addition, increased costs of our suppliers or customers could be passed along to us, and we may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset them. Moreover, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

Introducing programs requiring implementation of new competencies, including new process technology within our mechanical operations, could affect our operations and financial results.

The introduction of programs requiring implementation of new competencies, including new process technology within our mechanical operations, presents challenges in addition to opportunities. Deployment of such programs may require us to invest significant resources and capital in facilities, equipment and/or personnel. We may not meet our customers’ expectations or otherwise execute properly or in a cost-efficient manner, which could damage our customer relationships and result in remedial costs or the loss of our invested capital and anticipated revenues and profits. In addition, there are risks of market acceptance and product performance that could result in less demand than anticipated and our having excess capacity. The failure or inability to reflect the anticipated costs, risks and rewards of such an opportunity in our customer contracts could adversely affect our profitability. If we do not meet one or more of these challenges, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

2420


Customer relationships with start-up or emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with start-up or emerging companies present special risks because these companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products, making it harder for us to anticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. In addition, funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or materialize to the extent we plan or previously experienced. This tightening of financing for start-up customers, together with many early stage customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets increase our credit risk, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers and emerging companies, based on the information available, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk may exist for any new start-up or emerging company customers in thefuture.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past several years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

Restructurings could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings, failure to achieve targeted cost savings, and failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the restructuring process. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent and speed of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce.

Industry Risks

We operate in a highly competitive industry; if we are not able to compete effectively in the EMS industry, our business could be adversely affected.

We compete against many providers of electronics manufacturing services. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial, manufacturing or marketing resources than we do and have more geographically diversified international operations than we do. Our competitors include Celestica Inc., Flex Ltd., Jabil Inc., Plexus Corporation and Sanmina Corporation. In addition, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers that are selling, or may begin to sell, electronics manufacturing services.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and future customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing to EMS providers. In addition, in recent years, ODMs that provide design and manufacturing services to OEMs, have significantly increased their share of outsourced manufacturing services provided to OEMs in several markets, such as notebook and desktop computers, personal computer motherboards, and consumer electronic products. Competition from ODMs may increase if our business in these markets grows or if ODMs expand further into or beyond these markets.

During periods of recession in the electronics industry, our competitive advantages in the areas of quick turnaround manufacturing and responsive customer service may be of reduced importance to electronics OEMs, who may become more price sensitive. We may also be at a competitive disadvantage with respect to price when compared to manufacturers with lower cost structures, particularly those with more offshore facilities located where labor and other costs are generally lower.

The availability of excess manufacturing capacity at many of our competitors creates intense pricing and competitive pressure on the EMS industry as a whole. To compete effectively, we must continue to provide technologically advanced manufacturing services, maintain strict quality standards, respond flexibly and rapidly to customers’ design and schedule changes, deliver products globally on a reliable basis at competitive prices and seek to create enhanced relationships with our customers with our advanced technology and engineering solutions. Our inability to do so could have an adverse effect on us.

21


We may be affected by consolidation in the electronics industry, which could create increased pricing and competitive pressures on our business.

Consolidation in the electronics industry could result in a decrease in manufacturing capacity as companies seek to close plants or take other steps to increase efficiencies and realize synergies of mergers, creating increased pricing and competitive pressures for the EMS industry as a whole and our business in particular. In addition, consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large electronics companies offering products in multiple sectors of the electronics industry. The growth of these large companies, with significant purchasing and marketing power, could also result in increased pricing and competitive pressures for us. Accordingly, industry consolidation could harm our business. We may need to increase our efficiencies to compete and may incur additional restructuring charges.

Regulatory, Compliance and Litigation Risks

Government contracts are subject to significant regulation, including rules related to bidding, billing, kickbacks and false claims, and any non-compliance could subject us to fines and penalties or debarment.

Like all government contractors, we are subject to risks associated with federal and/or state contracting and procurement terms. These risks include substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties if we were to fail to follow procurement integrity and bidding rules or cost accounting standards, employ improper billing practices, receive or pay kickbacks or file false claims. We have been, and expect to continue to be, subjected to audits and investigations by U.S. and foreign government agencies and authorities. The failure to comply with the terms of our government contracts could result in progress payments being withheld, our suspension or debarment from future government contracts or harm to our business reputation.

Regulatory, legislative or self-regulatory/standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

U.S. privacy and data security laws apply to our various businesses. We also do business globally in countries that have more stringent data protection laws than those in the United States that may be inconsistent across jurisdictions and are subject to evolving and differing interpretations. Governments, privacy advocates and class action attorneys are increasingly scrutinizing how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. In Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) requires us to protect the privacy of certain personal data of European Union (EU) citizens. The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which went into effect January 1, 2020, has similar protections, and other states have passed similar legislation. While we have implemented processes and controls to comply with GDPR and CCPA requirements, we could incur significant fines, individual damages and reputational risks if our controls and processes are ineffective, and we fail to comply.

Unanticipated changes in our tax position, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities could adversely affect our financial results.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes.

Several countries where we operate allow for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained holidays or other incentives where available. Our taxes could increase if certain tax holidays or incentives were retracted, or if they were not renewed upon expiration, such as the non-renewal of our tax holiday in Malaysia that expired as of March 31, 2021, for which the Company is applying for an extension, or tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions were otherwise increased. In addition, further acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase. Given the scope of our international operations and our international tax arrangements, changes to the manner in which U.S. based multinational companies are taxed in the United States. could have a material impact on our financial results and competitiveness.

Based on current and future tax policy in Washington D.C., our effective tax rates and overall cash taxes may change in the future and could have an impact on our financial results.

22


The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting have published the Pillar Two model rules designed to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalization of the global economy. The Pillar Two model rules adopt a global corporate minimum tax of 15% for multinational enterprises with average revenue in excess of €750 million per their consolidated global financial statements. The Council of the European Union has adopted the Pillar Two model rules and has directed European Union (EU)member states to implement legislation enacting the Pillar Two model rules. Many countries, including non-EU member states, have implemented laws based on the Pillar Two model rules to be effective as of January 1, 2024. The Pillar Two model rules have been enacted in some of our international manufacturing locations. The potential impact, if any, to our provision for income taxes, net income, and cash flows could be materially impacted by the implementation of the Pillar Two model rules in our international locations.

Any litigation, even where a claim is without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.

In the past, we have been notified of claims relating to various matters including intellectual property rights, contractual matters, labor issues or other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the event of any such claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money and resources, even where the claim is without merit. Accordingly, the resolution of such disputes, even those encountered in the ordinary course of business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial conditions and results of operations. See Part I, Item 3 of this Report.

Compliance or the failure to comply with environmental and climate change regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to environmental, waste management, and health and safety concerns, including the handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials used in or derived from our manufacturing processes. If we or the companies we acquire have failed or fail in the future to comply with such laws and regulations, then we could incur liabilities and fines and our operations could be suspended. Such laws and regulations could also restrict our ability to modify or expand our facilities, could require us to acquire costly equipment, or could impose other significant expenditures. In addition, our operations may give rise to claims of property contamination or human exposure to hazardous chemicals or conditions.

Our worldwide operations are subject to local laws and regulations. Some of our operations are subject to various environmental laws and related regulations, including: the “RoHS” (EU Directive 2011/65/EC on Restriction of certain Hazardous Substances); “WEEE” (EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment); “REACH” (EC Regulation No 1907/2006 on Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals); EU Member States’ Implementation of the foregoing; “Conflict Minerals” as defined in the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act § 1502(b), implementing legislation and rules; and the People’s Republic of China (PRC) Management Methods for the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products; and other environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations impose administrative burdens on and restrict the sourcing and distribution of products containing certain substances, including lead, within applicable geographies and require a manufacturer or importer to recycle products containing those substances.

These directives affect the worldwide electronics and electronics components industries as a whole. If we or our customers fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could incur liabilities and fines and our operations could be suspended.

In addition, as climate change concerns become more prevalent, the U.S. and foreign governments have sought to limit the effects of any such changes. This increasing governmental focus on climate change may result in new environmental regulations that may negatively affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs or obligations in complying with any new environmental regulations and reporting requirements, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition. Further, the cost of implementing our sustainability and/or Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) initiatives, our ability to execute on our sustainability and/or ESG targets and objectives as planned, the effectiveness and impact of intended actions, the impact of changing legislation, regulations and directives, and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, could cause the outcomes, results and achievement of our sustainability and/or ESG targets, goals, objectives, commitments and/or the implementation of our sustainability and/or ESG initiatives to differ materially than those expressed or implied by the Company. In addition, our adherence to certain reporting standards or mandated compliance to certain requirements could necessitate additional investments that could impact our profitability, including investments to meet new or enhanced requirements and/or stakeholder expectations to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gas emissions and transition to low-carbon alternatives, driven by policy and regulations, low-carbon technology advancement and shifting consumer sentiment and societal preferences.

23


If our manufacturing processes and services do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline and we may be subject to liability claims.

We predominantly manufacture and design products to our customers’ specifications; in some cases, our processes and facilities must comply with applicable regulatory requirements. For example, medical devices that we manufacture or design, as well as the facilities and manufacturing processes that we use to produce them, are regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or non-U.S. counterparts of this agency. Similarly, items we manufacture for customers in the aerospace and defenseA&D industries, as well as the processes we use to produce them, are regulated by the Department of Defense and the Federal Aviation Authority, which have increased their focus and penalties related to counterfeit materials. In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes or documentation that we use to produce them often are highly complex. As a result, products that we manufacture may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our manufacturing processes may be subject to errors or noncompliantnoncompliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or cancelled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies wereare significant, our business reputation could also be damaged. The failure of our products, manufacturing processes or facilities to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements could subject us to fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down or incur considerable expense to correct a product, process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us or expose us to liability to pay for the recall of a product. The magnitude of any such claim may increase as we expand our medical and aerospace and defense manufacturing services, as defects in medical, aerospace or defense devices or systems could seriously harm or kill users of these products and others. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims.

Technology Risks

CustomerIf we are unable to maintain our technological and manufacturing process expertise, our business could be adversely affected.

The market for our manufacturing and engineering services is characterized by rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. We are continually evaluating the advantages and feasibility of new manufacturing processes. We believe that our future success will depend upon our ability to develop and provide manufacturing services that meet our customers’ changing needs. This requires that we maintain technological leadership and successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis. Our failure to maintain our technological and manufacturing process expertise could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our operations are subject to cyberattacks that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are increasingly dependent on digital technologies and services to conduct our business. We use these technologies for internal purposes, including data storage, processing and transmissions, as well as in our interactions with customers and suppliers. Examples of these digital technologies include ERP, shop floor control, test equipment, and other similar business applications, our global infrastructure and networks as well as external systems, analytics, automation, and cloud services. Digital technologies and services are subject to the risk of cyberattacks and, given the nature of such attacks, some incidents can remain undetected for a period of time despite our efforts to monitor, detect and respond to them in a timely manner. In particular, as discussed further below, our operations have been, and may in the future be, subject to ransomware or cyber-extortion attacks, which could significantly disrupt our operations. Generally, such attacks involve restricting access to computer systems or the restriction or theft of vital data including customer supplied data.

We monitor our systems for cyber threats and have processes in place to detect, mitigate and remediate vulnerabilities. Nevertheless, we have experienced cyberattacks and attempted breaches, including phishing emails and other targeted attacks. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, a ransomware incident encrypted information on our systems and disrupted customer and employee access to our systems and services, which resulted in the Company incurring costs relating to this event, including costs to retain third party consultants and forensic experts to assist with the restoration and remediation of systems and, with the assistance of law enforcement, to investigate the attack, as well as increased expenditures for our information technology (IT) infrastructure, systems and network. This ransomware incident also adversely affected our operations and the Company’s fourth quarter 2019 revenue. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

24


Future cybersecurity incidents could result in the misappropriation of confidential information of the Company or that of its customers, employees, business partners or others; litigation and potential liability; enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities; loss of customers and contracts; damage to the Company’s reputation and/or otherwise harm its business. We also expect to incur substantial costs in the future to satisfy customer requirements (including costs arising from the U.S. government’s Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification program) and to mitigate against cybersecurity attacks as threats are expected to continue to become more persistent and sophisticated. If our systems for protecting against cybersecurity risks prove not to be sufficient, we could be adversely affected by, among other things: loss of or damage to intellectual property, proprietary or confidential information, or customer, supplier, or employee data; interruption of our business operations; and increased costs required to prevent, respond to, or mitigate cybersecurity attacks. These risks could harm our reputation and our relationships with emergingcustomers, suppliers, employees and other third parties, and may result in claims against us. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial condition.

Any delay in the upgrade of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We are currently upgrading our information technology (IT) infrastructure and ERP system, which we anticipate taking several years. Failure to complete the upgrade timely or at all could leave us with sites without the systems capability to flexibly support future customer requirements for manufacturing capabilities and data driven analytics, as well as result in unanticipated increases in costs.

Financial Risks

Our level of indebtedness may limit our flexibility in operating our business and reacting to changes in our business or industry, or prevent us from making payments on our debt or obtaining additional financing.

As of December 31, 2023, our total outstanding debt (excluding unamortized debt issuance costs and finance leases) was $332.1 million, all of which represented borrowings under our credit facility). Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
impair our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;
require us to dedicate a material portion of our cash flows from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other purposes;
expose us to the risk of increased interest rates since the term loan has a variable rate;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or industry;
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations.

Any of these risks could materially impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk; our goodwill may become impaired.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. We are required to assess goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. A significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization could result in material charges in future periods that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position. As of December 31, 2023, we had $192.1 million in goodwill and $51.0 million of identifiable intangible assets. See Note 1(i) to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

25


We may be exposed to interest rate fluctuations.

We have exposure to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings under our variable rate credit agreement. These borrowings’ interest rates are based on the spread, at our option, over the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), the bank’s prime rate or the federal funds rate. We are also exposed to interest rate risk on our invested cash balances.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Shares

We may experience fluctuations in quarterly results.

Our quarterly results may vary significantly depending on various factors, many of which are beyond our control.

These factors include:

the volume of customer orders relative to our capacity;
customer introduction and market acceptance of new products;
changes in demand for customer products;
seasonality in demand for customer products;
pricing and other competitive pressures;
the timing of our expenditures in anticipation of future orders;
our effectiveness in managing manufacturing processes;
changes in cost and availability of labor and components, including due to recent labor and supply constraints and inflation;
changes in our product mix;
changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate;
changes in tariffs, trade agreements and other trade protection measures;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
changes in political and economic conditions;
disruptions caused by computer malfunctions or cybersecurity incidents; and
local factors and events that may affect our production volume, such as local holidays, pandemics or natural disasters.

Additionally, as is the case with many high technology companies, a significant portion of our shipments typically occur in the last few weeks of a given quarter. Accordingly, sales shifts from quarter to quarter may presentnot be readily apparent until the end of a given quarter and may have a significant effect on projected and reported results. Further, the price of our common shares may experience volatility in response to fluctuating quarterly results.

26


Provisions in our governing documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of the Company.

Certain provisions of our governing documents and the Texas Business Organizations Code may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of the Company through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method, even if shareholders might consider such a development beneficial.

These provisions include:

a provision in our certificate of formation granting the Board of Directors authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the relative rights and preferences of such preferred stock;
provisions in our bylaws restricting shareholders from acting by less than unanimous written consent and requiring advance notification of shareholder nominations and proposals;
a provision in our bylaws restricting anyone, other than the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Board of Directors or the holders of at least 10% of all outstanding shares entitled to vote, from calling a special meeting of the shareholders;
a statutory restriction on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and
a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

General Risk Factors

We are exposed to general economic and market conditions that could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Uncertainty over the erosion of global consumer confidence, geopolitical events, such as ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and conflicts in Israel and Gaza, global pandemics, the availability and cost of credit, concerns about volatile energy costs, declining asset values, continued inflation, rising interest rates, and the stability and solvency of financial institutions, financial markets, businesses, and sovereign nations can slow global economic growth and result in recessionary conditions. Any of these potential negative economic conditions may reduce demand for our customers’ products and adversely affect our sales. Consequently, our past operating results, earnings and cash flows may not be indicative of our future operating results, earnings and cash flows.

In addition to our customers or potential customers reducing or delaying orders, a number of other negative effects on our business could materialize, including the insolvency of key suppliers, which could result in production delays, shorter payment terms from suppliers due to reduced availability of credit default insurance in the market, the inability of customers to obtain credit, continued supply chain constraints and the insolvency of one or more customers. Any of these effects could impact our ability to effectively manage inventory levels and collect receivables, increase our need for cash, and decrease our net revenue and profitability.

In cases where the evidence suggests a customer may not be able to satisfy its obligation to us, we establish reserves in an amount we determine appropriate for the perceived risk. There can be no assurance that our reserves will be adequate. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional receivable and inventory reserves may be required and restructuring charges may be incurred.

The acquisition, integration and operation of acquired businesses may disrupt our business and create additional expenses, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions.

Our capabilities have historically grown through acquisitions, and we may pursue additional acquisitions in the future. Our projections of results and successful integration of acquired operations into our network involve risks, thanincluding:

integration and management of the operations;
as noted above, demand can vary, and our projections of results may be wrong due to deferred or reduced demand;
retention of key personnel;
integration of purchasing operations and information systems;
retention of the customer base of acquired businesses;
management of an increasingly larger and more geographically disparate business;

27


the possibility that past transactions or practices may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks;
diversion of management’s attention from other ongoing business concerns; and
inadequate internal control over financial reporting and our ability to bring such controls into compliance with established companies.the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in a timely manner.

Our profitability will suffer if we are unable to successfully integrate an acquisition, if the acquisition does not further our business strategy as we expected or if we do not achieve sufficient revenue to offset the increased expenses associated with these acquisitions. We may overpay for, or otherwise not realize the expected return on, our investments, which could adversely affect our operating results and potentially cause impairments to assets that we record as a part of an acquisition including intangible assets and goodwill.

Our success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our workforce and our key personnel.

CustomerWe depend significantly on our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any one of these executive officers or other key personnel, or the failure to attract and retain new personnel, could have an adverse effect on us. Our ability to attract, develop and retain sufficient qualified personnel may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including labor availability in one or more of our locations, labor law and practices or union activities, wage pressure and changing wage requirements, increasing healthcare costs, local competition, high employment rates and turnover. Moreover, inflationary or other general labor cost increases have become more pronounced due to current economic conditions and if we are unable to offset these labor cost increases through price increases, growth or operational efficiencies, these cost increases could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and cash flow.

Our business or stock price could be negatively affected by the actions of activist shareholders or others.

Responding to actions by activist shareholders or others can be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees. Our ability to execute our strategic plan could also be impaired. In addition, a proxy contest for the election of directors would require us to incur significant fees and expenses, as well as requiring significant time and attention by management and our Board of Directors. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction also could affect the market price and volatility of our common shares, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners and may affect our relationships with emerging companies present specialvendors, customers or others.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Global cybersecurity vulnerabilities and threats continue to evolve and are increasingly more sophisticated. The Company is aware of the dynamic nature of the cybersecurity threats we face and has a security program led by our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) that strives to monitor and mitigate risks because these companies do not havefrom cybersecurity threats. The CISO reports to the Chief Information Officer (CIO), provides periodic reports to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and reports quarterly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which oversees risks from cybersecurity threats, regarding the Company’s cybersecurity risk profile and mitigation activities. The Company’s CISO has over 35 years of security and cybersecurity experience between the military and corporate sectors. Prior to joining Benchmark, he oversaw cybersecurity for Masco Corporation, a Fortune 500 company and La-Z-Boy Incorporated, both of which are global manufacturing organizations with similar complexities as the Company. The CISO also served as a member of the Department of Defense as a civilian in charge of cybersecurity for an extensive product history.Army acquisition command, overseeing the cybersecurity for approximately 320 programs of record.

The Company's CIO has been responsible for Global IT, including overseeing cybersecurity since joining the Company in 2017. In addition, he was responsible for cybersecurity in previous roles prior to joining the Company, including during his time at DigitalGlobe, a satellite imagery provider to the U.S. Government, as well as other global high tech manufacturing companies.

28


The Company has an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) process, with an annual risk assessment performed. A universe of key risks is updated annually, with key risks rated by and discussed with corporate and site-level executives, as well as our Board of Directors, which oversees the Company's ERM process. As a result thereof the annual risk assessment, the enterprise’s top risks are identified, with action plans developed to address each risk. Results of the annual enterprise risk assessment are presented to and discussed with the Board of Directors at least annually. One of the key risks evaluated annually is less demonstrationcybersecurity. Our cybersecurity risk evaluation assesses whether, or to what extent, information assets (hardware, software, systems, laptops, data, intellectual property) might be compromised in an attack by a malicious actor, resulting in potential data leakage, data destruction, malware infiltration, or a ransomware attack. With the increasing sophistication of market acceptancecyber-criminals and constantly evolving threat vectors, the Company continues to identify cybersecurity as a top risk, prompting numerous actions and measures across the Company that endeavor to mitigate and, where possible, minimize such risks.

The Company increasingly leverages and relies upon digital technologies and services to conduct our business and support our customers. These technologies and services are a blend of theirorganic and third-party supplied solutions that encompass data storage, processing and transmissions. Our digital technologies support business processes for financial management, human capital management, customer engagement, and manufacturing services. Examples of such technologies include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems, shop floor controls, test equipment, general business applications, and our global infrastructure and networks, as well as external systems, analytics, automation and cloud services. Such digital technologies and services are subject to numerous risks including, but not limited to, ransomware or cyber-extortion, denial of service to systems, malicious code introduced through third party software products making it harderor software updates or theft of company, customer, vendor and employee data. As discussed further below, our operations have been, and may in the future be, subject to ransomware or cyber-extortion attacks, which could significantly disrupt our operations. Generally, such attacks involve restricting access to electronic and computer systems or the restriction or theft of vital data including customer supplied data.

The Company has a security program that strives to implement best practices for us to anticipate needsprotecting our systems with the understanding that adversaries have varying skills and requirements than with established customers. In addition, funding for such companiescompetencies and may be more difficultable to obtainexploit or evade our current protective technologies. We actively monitor our systems for cyber threats and thesehave processes in place to detect and remediate vulnerabilities. Our approach relies on both internal and external monitoring, vulnerability assessments as well as penetration testing by third parties. We also use leading end-point detection response tools to continuously monitor our security environment. We regularly conduct a review of our data management practices to ensure the proper retention, protection and storage of data, and to apply new technology-based tools to better manage the protection of customer relationships may not continue or materializedata. Our information security policies and practices, including our Information Technology Disaster Recovery Plan, are designed to comply with several regulatory requirements including DFARS/NIST 800-171 controls, and for our defense customers, we are undergoing certification to the extentU.S. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) program and performed a CMMC self-assessment with the assistance of a qualified third-party inspector. To ensure security awareness throughout the Company, we plan conduct employee training on multiple topics, and also conduct simulated phishing campaign tests. Regular communications remind all employees of how to be vigilant against cyberattacks. We have also recently implemented a third-party cybersecurity risk management program that continuously monitors key suppliers and customers' cybersecurity scores.

The Company’s protective technologies include firewall and email protection against malware and phishing campaigns, and information system access management solutions such as multifactor authentication (MFA). We augment these protective technologies with security monitoring and detection capabilities to limit the impact of cybersecurity incidents. The security monitoring and detection tools we utilize leverage Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) and Security Incident and Event Management (SIEM) augmented with threat intelligence information from multiple sources. We have further enhanced the security posture of the Company by implementing data security technologies and measures to reduce the impact of attempts to steal data. These technologies are tested regularly by both internal resources and external experts that evaluate the technology and identify vulnerabilities for mitigation and/or previously experienced.remediation. Our security program leverages Company and third-party security professionals and services to achieve an appropriate level of security and resilience that is reviewed periodically by an information technology (IT) steering committee that includes senior officers such as the CEO, CFO, Chief Legal Officer, CIO, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer, and the efficacy of these programs is also reviewed quarterly with the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. We have also recently implemented a third-party cybersecurity risk management program that continuously monitors cybersecurity scores of key suppliers and customers.

Despite the systems and processes we have in place to monitor, detect, mitigate and remediate potential vulnerabilities, in the past, we have experienced cyberattacks, and attempted breaches, including phishing emails and other targeted attacks. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019, a ransomware incident encrypted information on our systems and disrupted customer and employee access to our systems and services, which resulted in the Company incurring costs relating to this event, including costs to retain third party consultants and forensic experts to assist with the restoration and remediation of systems and, with the assistance of law enforcement, to investigate the attack. As a result of this cybersecurity incident, we experienced increased expenditures for our IT infrastructure, systems and network. This tightening of financing for start-up customers, together with many start-up customers’ lack of priorransomware incident also adversely affected our operations and unproven product markets increase our credit risk, especiallythe Company’s fourth quarter 2019 revenue. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in trade accounts receivable and inventories. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluationsPart II, Item 8 of our customers and adjust our allowancethis Report for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on the information available, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk may exist for any new emerging company customers in the future.additional information.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

2529


Item 2. Properties.

Our customers market numerous products throughout the world and therefore need to access manufacturing services on a global basis. To enhance our service offerings, we seek to locate our facilities either near our customers and our customers’ end markets in major centers for the electronics industry or, where appropriate, in lower cost locations.

The following chart summarizesA summary of the approximate square footage of each of our principal manufacturing facilities by country:country follows:

Location

Sq. Ft.Square

(in thousands)

Footage

United States:Americas:

  AlabamaUnited States:

200,000

  ArizonaAlabama

199,000

200

  CaliforniaArizona

412,000

234

  MinnesotaCalifornia

441,000

310

  New HampshireMinnesota

171,000

481

  TexasNew Hampshire

155,000

153

ChinaTexas

326,000

45

MalaysiaMexico

380,000

838

MexicoAsia:

830,000

NetherlandsChina

166,000

326

RomaniaMalaysia

131,000

436

Thailand

756,000

756

     TotalEurope:

4,167,000

Netherlands

159

Romania

222

Total square footage

4,160

Our principal manufacturing facilities consist of 1.9 million square feet in facilities that we own, with the remaining 2.3 million square feet in leased facilities whose terms expire between 20182024 and 2028.2036. We currently lease our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale,Tempe, Arizona. This lease consists of approximately 27,00064,000 square feet and expires in 2019.feet. We lease other facilities with a total of 32,00026,700 square feet dedicated to engineering, sales and procurement services. We believe our facilities are suitable for their intended uses and are sufficient to meet our expected needs for the foreseeable future.

We are involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Information about our legal proceedings is included in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated by reference herein. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

2630


PART II

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related ShareholderStockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.Securities

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BHE.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters (or portions thereof) indicated.

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter (through February 26, 2018)

 

 $31.25  

 

 

 $27.05  

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

 $35.80  

 

 

 $29.00  

 

Third quarter

 

 $35.25  

 

 

 $30.80  

 

Second quarter

 

 $34.45  

 

 

 $30.30  

 

First quarter

 

 $33.45  

 

 

 $29.63  

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

 $31.20  

 

 

 $24.25  

 

Third quarter

 

 $25.24  

 

 

 $20.55  

 

Second quarter

 

 $23.14  

 

 

 $18.54  

 

First quarter

 

 $23.09  

 

 

 $18.36  

The last reported sale price of our common shares on February 26, 2018,22, 2024, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was $30.45.$29.62. There were approximately 500 record holders of our common shares as of February 26, 2018.22, 2024. Because many of our common shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by these record holders.

Dividends

We have not paid anybegan declaring and paying quarterly dividends of $0.15 per share during the first quarter of 2018. In the first quarter of 2020, we increased the quarterly dividend from $0.15 to $0.16 per share and in the second quarter of 2021, we increased the quarterly dividend from $0.16 to $0.165 per share. During 2023, cash dividends paid totaled $23.5 million. The Board of Directors currently intends to continue paying quarterly dividends. However, the Company’s future dividend policy is subject to its compliance with applicable law, and depending on, among other things, our common sharesresults of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions in our debt agreements, and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant. Dividend payments are not mandatory or guaranteed; there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay a dividend in the past. In addition, our credit facility contains financial covenants which could restrict the amount of dividends we may pay to shareholders. We continually reevaluate our capital allocation approach as we manage our level of outstanding debt and the return of capital to our shareholders.

27


future.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about the Company’s repurchase ofactivity during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 related to its equity securities that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the quarter ending December 31, 2017, at a total cost of $23.5 million:Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number (or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

Approximate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

Dollar Value)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

 

of Shares (or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

 

Units) that

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

Part of

 

 

May Yet Be

 

 

 

 Total Number of

 

(b)

 

Publicly

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

Shares (or

 

Average Price

 

Announced

 

 

Under the

 

 

 

Units)

 

Paid per Share

 

Plans or

 

 

Plans or

Period

 

Purchased(1)

 

(or Unit)(2)

 

Programs

 

 

Programs(3)

October 1 to 31, 2017

 

80,000

 

$30.57

 

80,000

 

 

$84.4 million

November 1 to 30, 2017

 

324,517

 

$30.21

 

324,517

 

 

$74.6 million

December 1 to 31, 2017

 

375,000

 

$29.85

 

375,000

 

 

$63.4 million

Total

 

779,517

 

$30.08

 

779,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Number (or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Approximate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

 

Dollar Value) of

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

(b)

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

 

that May Yet Be

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average Price

 

 

Announced

 

 

Purchased Under

 

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

 

Paid per Share

 

 

Plans or

 

 

the Plans or

 

(amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Purchased

 

 

(or Unit)

 

 

Programs

 

 

Programs (1)

 

October 1 to 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

154.6

 

November 1 to 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

154.6

 

December 1 to 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

154.6

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

154.6

 

(1)   All share repurchases were made on the open market.

(2)    Average price paid per share is calculated on a settlement basis and excludes commissions.

(3)    In December 2015, the Board of Directors approved theThe Company did not repurchase of up to $100 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Share purchases may be madeshares in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or block transactions, at the discretion of the Company’s management and as market conditions warrant. Purchases will be funded from available cash and may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice. Shares repurchased under the program are retired.

During 2017, the Company repurchased a total of 1.0 million common shares for $29.3 million at an average price of $30.46 per share.2023. Since 2013,2018, the Company has repurchased a total of 9.915.7 million common shares for $224.6an aggregate of $408.5 million at an average price of $22.57$26.06 per share.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had 154.6 million remaining under the share repurchase authorization.

2831


Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common shares for the five‑year period commencing December 31, 20122018 and ending December 31, 2017,2023, with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (which does not include Benchmark), and the Peer Group Index, which is composed of Celestica Inc., Flex Ltd., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Plexus Corp and Sanmina Corporation. Dividend reinvestment has been assumed.The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2018 in our common shares and in each of the two indices, and that dividends, if any, were reinvested.

img222885612_0.jpg 

 

 

 

Dec-12

 

Dec-13

 

Dec-14

 

Dec-15

 

Dec-16

 

Dec-17

Benchmark Electronics, Inc.

$

100.00

$

182.20

$

178.50

$

176.00

$

191.20

$

139.20

Peer Group

$

100.00

$

177.30

$

153.00

$

135.70

$

118.40

$

101.70

S&P 500

$

100.00

$

126.40

$

137.80

$

141.90

$

161.20

$

166.90

 

 

Base Year
December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Benchmark Electronics, Inc.

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

162.23

 

 

$

127.53

 

 

$

127.95

 

 

$

126.02

 

 

$

130.50

 

Peer Group

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

154.16

 

 

 

177.30

 

 

 

227.52

 

 

 

248.78

 

 

 

380.85

 

S&P 500

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

128.88

 

 

 

149.83

 

 

 

190.13

 

 

 

153.16

 

 

 

190.27

 

29


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Selected Statements of Income Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

$

2,466,811

 

$

2,310,415

 

$

2,540,873

 

$

2,797,061

 

$

2,506,467

 

Cost of sales

 

2,239,114

 

 

2,096,952

 

 

2,321,619

 

 

2,576,745

 

 

2,318,841

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

227,697

 

 

213,463

 

 

219,254

 

 

220,316

 

 

187,626

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

130,401

 

 

113,448

 

 

107,462

 

 

112,378

 

 

97,171

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

10,065

 

 

11,838

 

 

4,962

 

 

3,781

 

 

3,302

 

Restructuring charges and other costs(1)

 

8,628

 

 

12,539

 

 

13,861

 

 

7,131

 

 

9,348

 

Thailand flood-related items, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of insurance(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,571)

 

 

(41,325)

 

Asset impairment charge and other(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,547)

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

Income  from operations

 

78,603

 

 

75,638

 

 

92,969

 

 

100,144

 

 

116,524

 

Interest expense

 

(9,405)

 

 

(9,304)

 

 

(2,996)

 

 

(1,890)

 

 

(1,934)

 

Interest income

 

5,370

 

 

2,136

 

 

1,207

 

 

2,048

 

 

1,688

 

Other expense

 

(1,786)

 

 

(282)

 

 

(1,141)

 

 

(1,673)

 

 

(315)

 

Income tax expense  (benefit)(4)

 

104,747

 

 

4,141

 

 

(5,362)

 

 

17,388

 

 

5,018

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

(31,965)

 

$

64,047

 

$

95,401

 

$

81,241

 

$

110,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share:(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$ (0.64)

 

 

$ 1.30

 

 

$ 1.85

 

 

$ 1.52

 

 

$ 2.05

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$ (0.64)

 

 

$ 1.29

 

 

$ 1.83

 

 

$ 1.50

 

 

$ 2.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

49,680

 

 

49,298

 

 

51,573

 

 

53,538

 

 

54,213

 

 

 

Diluted

 

49,680

 

 

49,825

 

 

52,088

 

 

54,222

 

 

54,779

32


 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital

$

1,140,354

 

$

1,119,281

 

$

1,055,534

 

$

1,019,538

 

$

932,940

 

Total assets

 

2,097,317

 

 

1,998,668

 

 

1,893,878

 

 

1,675,348

 

 

1,655,086

 

Total debt

 

211,680

 

 

223,648

 

 

235,193

 

 

9,521

 

 

10,103

 

Shareholders’ equity

$

1,328,819

 

$

1,365,465

 

$

1,321,904

 

$

1,289,625

 

$

1,226,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)       See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the restructuring charges and integration and acquisition-related charges occurring in 2017, 2016 and 2015. Also during 2017, we incurred $3.7 million in costs related to the relocation and transition of our corporate headquarters to Arizona. In 2016, we also recognized $4.3 million of costs in connection with a proxy contest relating to our 2016 annual shareholders meeting, $3.0 million in connection with the separation of our former Chief Executive Officer in September 2016 and $0.4 million in other charges. During 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized restructuring charges totaling $7.1 million and $7.1 million, respectively, related to reductions in workforce and the resizing and closure of certain facilities. Also during 2013, the Company recognized $2.3 million of integration and acquisition-related charges related to the Suntron and CTS acquisitions.

(2)       During the first quarter of 2014, we received the final $1.6 million of insurance proceeds related to the flooding of our facilities in Ayudhaya, Thailand during the fourth quarter of 2011.As a result of the flooding and temporary closing of these facilities, the Company incurred property losses and flood related costs during 2012, which were partially offset by insurance recoveries.During 2013, Thailand flood-related items resulted in a gain of $41.3 million.

(3)       During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recorded a $1.5 million gain on the sale of its Tianjin, China subsidiary, including its manufacturing facility, which had been held for sale since 2008. During the second quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $3.8 million related to this facility. Also during the second quarter of 2013, the Company disposed of a non-manufacturing facility in Thailand for $1.6 million resulting in a gain of $1.2 million.

(4)       See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of income taxes. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded the estimated impact of the U.S. Tax Reform totaling $97.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company reduced its unrecognized tax benefits reserve by $8.3 million (including penalties and interest). During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company reduced its deferred tax valuation allowance by $19.5 million and reduced its unrecognized tax benefits reserve by $1.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company reduced its deferred tax valuation allowance in the U.S. by $17.5 million.

(5)       See Note 1(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the basis of computing earnings per share.

30


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and Notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. You should also bear in mind the Risk Factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A, any of which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition and the actual results of the matters addressed by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion.

For discussion and analysis regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, refer to Part II, Item 7 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2023.

2017 HIGHLIGHTS2023 OVERVIEW

Sales for 20172023 were $2.5$2.8 billion, a 7% increase2% decrease from sales of $2.3$2.9 billion in 2016.2022. During 2017,2023, sales to customers in our various industry sectors fluctuated from 20162022 as follows:

·

Complex Industrials decreasedincreased by 8%,

·1%

A&D increased by 10%,

·4%

Medical decreased by 6%
Semi-Cap decreased by 11%
Advanced Computing increased by 9%,

·Test & Instrumentation

Next-Generation Communications increased by 42%,

6%

·Computing increased by 22%, and

·Telecommunications decreased by 17%.

The overall revenue increasedecrease was driven by strong Test & Instrumentation growth in our precision machining serving the semi-capital equipment market, A&D growth primarily from defense programs, Medical growth from higherdue to lower semi-cap revenue, as a result of lower demand and program ramps from new and existing customers, and Computing strengthlower medical revenue, as a result of general softness across the industry and lower demand from existing storagecustomers, which were mostly offset by an increase in A&D revenue, as a result of strength in both defense and new securitycommercial aerospace and improved supply availability, and an increase in next-generation communications revenue, as a result of growth in broadband infrastructure programs.

Our sales depend on the success of our customers, some of which operate in businesses associated with rapid technological change and consequent product obsolescence. Developments adverse to our major customers or their products, the availability of electronic component supply, or the failure of a major customer to pay for components or services canhave adversely affect us.affected us by not allowing us to fulfill our total customer demand. A substantial percentage of our sales are made to a small number of customers, and the loss of a major customer, if not replaced, would adversely affect us. Sales to our ten largest customers represented 46% and 43%52% of our total sales in 20172023 and 2016, respectively. In 2017, salesin 2022. Sales to International Business Machines Corporation and Applied Materials, Inc. and subsidiaries, our largest customer in 2023 and 2022 represented 12% and 10%, respectively,15% of our total sales. In 2016, no single customer represented 10% or more in 2023 and 2022, respectively. After a period of our sales.

During 2017,unprecedented global labor and supply disruptions, we incurredhave seen a $2.7 million charge for the write-downgeneral easing of inventory and a provision to accounts receivable associatedcertain material constraints across commodity categories, with the insolvencyexception of a customer. These net chargesolder technologies where semiconductor original equipment manufacturers are not adding incremental capacity. The lack of capacity regarding these older technologies could constrain our ability to produce the full demand forecasts we are receiving from customers needing those parts. Lead times are also improving from the previous highs that prompted many suppliers to categorize some of their constrained components with non-cancellable and non-returnable business terms. Until recently, these constraints led to last-minute allocations and created inefficiencies in our operations, as well as increased cost of sales by $1.0 millioncosts to us and SG&A by $1.7 million.our customers.

We experience fluctuations in gross profit from period to period. Different programs contribute different gross profits depending on factors such as the type of services involved, location of production, size of the program, complexity of the product and level of material costs associated with the various products. Moreover, new programs can contribute relatively less to our gross profit in their early stages when manufacturing volumes are usually lower, resulting in inefficiencies and unabsorbed manufacturing overhead costs. In addition, a number of our new and higher-volume programs remain subject to competitive constraints that can exert downward pressure on our margins. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacityunabsorbed manufacturing overhead costs and reduced gross profit. Gross profit can also be impacted by higher costs associated with other situations, such as supply chain constraints. This includes supply chain premiums for excess component costs paid to secure available supply resulting in revenue with cost recovery only with no margin. In addition, a number of our new program ramps require incremental investment during the launch and ramp phase, which can exert downward pressure on our gross profit.

We have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and reducing costs. During 2017,2023, we recognized $4.9$7.3 million of restructuring charges primarily related to the previously announced closure of our site in connection withMoorpark, California in the Americas, and other smaller activities involving capacity reductions and reductions in workforce ofin certain facilities across various regions. Moorpark, California operations ceased as of March 31, 2023 with restructuring activity substantially completed in 2023.

33


During 2022, we recognized $5.7 million of restructuring charges primarily due to expenses associated with announced site closures or exits, reductions in workforce and other restructuring activities primarily in the Americas. In addition,During 2022, we also incurred $3.7a $2.0 million loss on assets held for sale related to certain manufacturing capabilities in coststhe Americas that the Company made the decision in 2021 to no longer continue and a gain on assets held for sale of $2.4 million related to the relocation and transition of our corporate headquarters to Arizona.

31


Recent Developments

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Reform was enacted. The legislation significantly changed as of January 1, 2018 U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering corporate income tax rates from 35% to 21%, repealing the alternative minimum tax (AMT), limiting the deductibility of U.S. interest expense, limiting the ability to utilize net operating losses generated in the future and implementing a territorial tax system. As partsale of the transitionAngleton, Texas facility. Additionally, during 2022, the Company agreed to a territorial system, the U.S. Tax Reform also imposes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries to be recorded as of the period ended December 31, 2017. The provisional net impact of the U.S. Tax Reform for the period ended December 31, 2017 on income tax expense was $97.7$3.3 million duein legal settlements. See Note 17 to the one-time mandatory transition tax on the deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings and the re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.Report for additional information on our restructuring charges.

To minimize tax base erosion with a territorial tax system, beginningInflation, interest rates, disruption in 2018, the U.S. Tax Reform provides for a new global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) provision. Undereconomy and financial markets, and geopolitical events continue to create uncertainty. However, we are not aware of any specific event or circumstance that would require updates to our estimates or judgments or require us to revise the GILTI provision, certain foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s depreciable tangible assets are included in U.S. taxable income offset by a limited deemed paid foreign tax credit. As a resultcarrying value of our foreign tax holidays in our certainassets or liabilities as of our foreign jurisdictions,the date we expect to be subject to GILTI; however, the inclusionfiled this Report. These estimates may change as new events occur and additional information is expected to be offset by net operating loss carry forwards in the U.S. We are still evaluating, pending further interpretive guidance, whether to make a policy election to treat the GILTI tax as a period expenseobtained. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or to provide U.S. deferred taxes on foreign temporary differences that are expected to generate GILTI income when they reverse in future years.conditions.

We consider the accounting for the U.S. Tax Reform to be incomplete due to the forthcoming guidance and our ongoing analysis of final data and tax positions which may impact these calculations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the percentage relationship that certain items in our Consolidated Statements of Income bear to sales for the periods indicated. The financial information and the discussion below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and Notesnotes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. The following table presents the percentage relationship that certain items in our consolidated statements of income bear to sales for the periods indicated:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Sales

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

Cost of sales

90.8

 

 

90.8

 

 

91.4

 

 

Gross profit

9.2

 

 

9.2

 

 

8.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

5.3

 

 

4.9

 

 

4.2

 

Amortization of intangible assets

0.4

 

 

0.5

 

 

0.2

 

Restructuring charges and other costs

0.3

 

 

0.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

Income from operations

3.2

 

 

3.3

 

 

3.7

 

Other expense, net

(0.2)

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

Income before income taxes

3.0

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.6

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

4.3

 

 

0.2

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

Net income (loss)

(1.3)

%

 

2.8

%

 

3.8

%

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

2022

Sales

 

100.0%

 

100.0%

Cost of sales

 

90.5%

 

91.2%

Gross profit

 

9.5%

 

8.8%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

5.1%

 

5.2%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

0.2%

 

0.2%

Restructuring charges and other costs

 

0.3%

 

0.3%

Income from operations

 

3.9%

 

3.1%

Other expense, net

 

(1.0)%

 

(0.1)%

Income before income taxes

 

2.9%

 

3.0%

Income tax expense

 

0.6%

 

0.6%

Net income

 

2.3%

 

2.4%

32


20172023 Compared With 20162022

Sales

Sales

As noted above, sales increased 7%decreased 2% in 2017.2023. The percentages of our sales by market sector were as follows:

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Higher-Value Markets

 

 

 

 

 

Industrials

20

%

 

23

%

A&D

16

 

 

16

 

Medical

15

 

 

15

 

Testing & instrumentation

14

 

 

11

 

 

65

 

 

65

 

Traditional Markets

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

13

 

 

16

 

Computing

22

 

 

19

 

 

35

 

 

35

 

Total

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

2022

Complex Industrials

 

21%

 

21%

A&D

 

13%

 

12%

Medical

 

20%

 

21%

Semi-Cap

 

23%

 

25%

Advanced Computing

 

12%

 

10%

Next-Generation Communications

 

11%

 

11%

Total

 

100%

 

100%

Complex Industrials. 2017 2023 sales decreased 8%increased 1% to $497.1$596.5 million from $543.1 million$593.6 in 2016primarily2022 as a result of softness across several of our topstrength with existing customers.

Aerospace and Defense. 2017 2023 sales increased 10%4% to $397.9$361.5 million from $361.4$347.6 million in 20162022 primarily due to increasedstrength in both defense and commercial aerospace and improved supply availability.

Medical. 2023 sales decreased 6% to $556.6 million from $592.9 million in 2022 primarily due to general softness across the industry resulting in lower demand from our defenseexisting customers.

34


Semi-Conductor Capital Equipment. 2023 sales decreased 11% to $646.3 million from $722.1 million in 2022 primarily due to slower overall market recovery.

Medical. 2017Advanced Computing. 2023 sales increased 9% to $375.8$337.7 million from $346.2$310.5 million in 2016from higher demand and program ramps from new and existing customers.

Testing & Instrumentation. 2017 sales increased 42% to $347.1 million from $243.8 million in 2016. The increase reflected strong growth in our precision machining serving the semi-capital equipment market.

Computing. 2017 sales increased 22% to $541.4 million from $445.4 million in 2016. The increase is2022 primarily due to the contribution from multiple high performance computing programs completed during the period.

Next-Generation Communications. 2023 sales increased strength from our existing storage customers and new security programs.

Telecommunications. 2017 sales decreased 17%6% to $307.5$340.4 million from $370.5$319.6 million in 2016. The decrease is2022 primarily due to sales from new programs not offsetting lower demand from our existing customer base.growth in broadband infrastructure programs.

Our international operations are subject to the risks of doing business abroad. See Part I, Item 1A of this Report for risk factors pertaining to international sales, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and a discussion of potential adverse effects in operating results associated with the risks of doing business abroad. During 20172023 and 2016, 46%2022, 58% and 47%61%, respectively, of our sales were from international operations.

Sales by geographical segment were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

1,611,783

 

 

$

1,475,929

 

Asia

 

 

1,055,938

 

 

 

1,251,475

 

Europe

 

 

299,835

 

 

 

284,103

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

 

(128,580

)

 

 

(125,176

)

Total sales

 

$

2,838,976

 

 

$

2,886,331

 

Americas. 2023 sales increased 9% to $1.6 billion from $1.5 billion in 2022 primarily due to increases in sales in our advanced computing, complex industrials and next-generation communications sectors.

Asia. 2023 sales decreased 16% to $1.1 billion from $1.3 billion in 2022 primarily due to a decrease in existing customer demand of our semi-cap and medical sectors.

Europe. 2023 sales increased 6% to $299.8 million from $284.1 million in 2022 primarily due to an increase in sales in our semi-cap and A&D sectors.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased 7%6% to $227.7 million for 2017 from $213.5$271.1 million in 2016. During 2017, we incurred a $1.02023 from $255.2 million charge for the write-downin 2022 primarily due to our mix of inventory associated with the insolvency of a customer. Including the inventory charge, grossrevenue and expense discipline. Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 9.2%. Excluding the inventory charge, gross profit as a percentage of salesmargin increased to 9.3%9.5% in 2023 from 9.2%8.8% in 20162022 primarily due to improved operational efficiencies and the proactive cost reduction actions taken by our manufacturing sites.

Income from Operations

2023 income from operations increased 22% to $109.7 million from $90.1 million in 2022. The increase was primarily due to improved gross margin and cost actions taken to reduce selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses.

Income from operations by reportable segment was as follows:

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Income from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

63,484

 

 

$

55,202

 

Asia

 

 

124,279

 

 

 

134,649

 

Europe

 

 

17,380

 

 

 

16,889

 

Corporate and intersegment eliminations

 

 

(95,479

)

 

 

(116,671

)

Total income from operations

 

$

109,664

 

 

$

90,069

 

35


Americas. 2023 operating income increased 15% to $63.5 million from $55.2 million in 2022. The increase was primarily due to higher salesrevenue and a better mix of higher-value sales.expense control.

33Asia. 2023 operating income decreased 8% to $124.3 million from $134.6 million in 2022. The decrease was primarily due to lower revenue partially offset by expense control.


Europe. 2023 operating income increased 3% to $17.4 million from $16.9 million in 2022. The increase was primarily due to higher revenue and expense control.

Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses

SG&A increasedexpense decreased to $130.4$147.0 million in 20172023 from $113.4$150.2 million in 2016.2022. The increasedecrease was primarily a result of increaseddue to cost actions taken, coupled with lower variable and stock-based compensation investments in our sales and marketing organization and a $1.7 million charge for a provision to accounts receivable associated with the insolvency of a customer. Including this provision to accounts receivable, SG&A, as a percentage of sales, increased to 5.3% in 2017 from 4.9% in 2016. Excluding this provision to accounts receivable, SG&A as a percentage of sales increased to 5.2% in 2017 from 4.9% in 2016. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales related primarily to increased variable and stock-based compensation and the investment in our sales and marketing organization.expense.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets decreased to $10.1was $6.0 million in 2017 from $11.82023 and $6.4 million in 20162022. The decrease was primarily due primarily to certain customer relationship intangible assets that becamebecoming fully amortized as of December 31, 2016.in 2023.

Restructuring Charges and Other Costs

During 2017,2023, we recognized $4.9$7.3 million of restructuring charges in connectionprimarily due to expenses associated with announced site closures or exits, reductions in workforce of certain facilitieswork force and other restructuring activities primarily in the Americas. During 2023, we made the decision to no longer continue certain manufacturing capabilities in the Americas. In addition,connection with that decision, we incurred $3.7assessed the facility and equipment assets used in those manufacturing capabilities and recorded $1.1 million of impairment charges as a result of that assessment. The asset impairment charges are included in restructuring charges and other costs related toin the relocation and transitionconsolidated statement of our corporate headquarters to Arizona. income.

During 2016,2022, we recognized $4.7$5.7 million of restructuring charges in connectionprimarily due to expenses associated with announced site closures or exits, reductions in workforce of certain facilitiesand other restructuring activities primarily in the Americas, and $0.1 million of integration costs. In 2016,Americas. During 2022, we also recognized $4.3incurred a $2.0 million loss on assets held for sale related to certain manufacturing capabilities in the Americas that the Company made the decision in 2021 to no longer continue and a gain on assets held for sale of costs in connection with a proxy contest relating$2.4 million related to our 2016 annual shareholders meeting, $3.0the sale of the Angleton, Texas facility. Additionally, during 2022, the Company agreed to $3.3 million in connection with the separation of our former Chief Executive Officer in September 2016 and $0.4 million in other charges. legal settlements.

See Notes 2 andNote 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.Report for additional information on our restructuring charges.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased to $31.9 million in 2023 from $12.9 million in 2022 primarily due to additional borrowings to support our operations as well as the higher interest rate environment.

Interest Income

Interest income increased to $6.3 million in 2023 from $1.7 million in 2022 primarily due to higher interest rates.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net, was $2.8 million in 2023 primarily consisting of foreign exchange losses. Other income, net, was $5.4 million in 2017 from $2.1 million in 2016 due to investment2022 primarily consisting of higher levels of available cash in interest bearing cash equivalents at higher interest rates.gain on litigation settlements, partially offset by foreign exchange losses.

36


Income Tax Expense.Expense

Income tax expense of $104.7in 2023 was $16.9 million in 2017represented a 143.9% effective tax rate for 2017, compared with $4.1 million for 2016 that representedrepresenting an effective tax rate of 6.0%. In 2017, we incurred a net estimated20.8% compared with $16.1 million of income tax expense in 2022 representing an effective tax rate of $97.7 million due to19.1%. The higher effective tax rate in 2023 is the one-time mandatory transition tax on the deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings and the re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the mix of profits in our foreign and U.S. Tax Reform. Also during 2017, we recorded a $1.7 million excess tax benefit for stock based compensation. In 2016, we recorded the reversal of uncertain tax benefits of $8.3 million relating to the expiration of the statute of limitations for a liquidated foreign subsidiary. Excluding these tax items, the effective tax rate would have been 11.9% in 2017 compared to 18.2% in 2016. The decrease in the effective tax rate results primarily from a taxable loss in the U.S.jurisdictions and higher taxable incometax rates for our locations in geographies with lower tax rates.Asia.

We haveThe Company has been granted certain tax incentives, including tax holidays, for ourits subsidiaries in Thailand, China and Malaysia and Thailand that will expire at various dates, unless extended or otherwise renegotiated, through 2018and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. The tax incentives in Thailand will expire on December 31, 2030. The tax incentives in China 2021expired on December 31, 2023 and the tax incentives in Malaysia and 2028expired on March 31, 2021. The Company has applied for a continuation of the Malaysia tax holiday, which will extend the tax incentive period for five to ten years if approved. The Company will also apply for a China tax holiday in Thailand.2024. There is no guarantee of being awarded these tax incentives in the future. See Note 98 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

Net Income (Loss)

We reported a net lossincome of $32.0$64.3 million, or $0.64$1.79 per diluted share, for 2017,2023, compared with net income of $64.0$68.2 million, or $1.29$1.91 per diluted share, for 2016.2022. The net decrease of $96.0$3.9 million in 20172023 is primarily the result of the tax expense related to the effects of the 2017 U.S. Tax Reformitems discussed above.

3437


2016 Compared With 2015

Sales

Sales for 2016 were $2.3 billion, a 9% decrease from sales of $2.5 billion in 2015. The percentages of our sales by sector were as follows:

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Higher-Value Markets

 

 

 

 

 

Industrials

23

%

 

25

%

A&D

16

 

 

8

 

Medical

15

 

 

14

 

Testing & instrumentation

11

 

 

9

 

 

65

 

 

56

 

Traditional Markets

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

16

 

 

22

 

Computing

19

 

 

22

 

 

35

 

 

44

 

Total

100

%

 

100

%

Industrials. 2016 sales decreased 16% to $543.1 million from $644.2 million in 2015 primarily as a result of broad based end customer demand softness.

Aerospace and Defense. 2016 sales increased 80% to $361.4 million from $201.3 million in 2015 primarily as a result of the Secure Acquisition.

Telecommunications. 2016 sales decreased 35% to $370.5 million from $570.9 million in 2015. The decrease related primarily to a maturing and non-recurring program at one of our top customers and some customers experiencing order declines.

Computing. 2016 sales decreased 19% to $445.4 million from $552.3 million in 2015. The decrease was primarily due to lower demand from most of our Computing customers.

Medical. 2016 sales decreased 1% to $346.2 million from $350.5 million in 2015.

Testing & Instrumentation. 2016 sales increased 10% to $243.8 million from $221.7 million in 2015. The increase stemmed primarily from strong demand from our semi-cap equipment customers.

During 2016 and 2015, 47% and 50%, respectively, of our sales were from international operations.

Gross Profit

Gross profit decreased to $213.5 million for 2016 from $219.2 million in 2015. Our 2016 gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 9.2% from 8.6% in 2015 primarily due to benefits from our increased higher-value market revenue base and capacity alignment and operational excellence initiatives, offset by decreased utilization associated with lower sales volumes.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A increased to $113.4 million in 2016 from $107.5 million in 2015, primarily related to the Secure Acquisition and investments in our sales and marketing organization. SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales were 4.9% and

35


4.2%, respectively, for 2016 and 2015. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales related primarily to the decreased sales volumes and the items noted above.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets increased to $11.8 million in 2016 from $5.0 million in 2015 due to the impact of the Secure Acquisition.

Restructuring Charges and Other Costs

During 2016, we recognized $4.7 million of restructuring charges in connection with reductions in workforce of certain facilities primarily in the Americas, and $0.1 million of integration costs. In addition, we recognized $4.3 million of costs in connection with a proxy contest relating to our 2016 annual shareholders meeting, $3.0 million in connection with the separation of our former Chief Executive Officer in September 2016 and $0.4 million in other charges. In 2015, we recognized $13.9 million of restructuring charges and integration and acquisition-related costs primarily related to the Secure Acquisition.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased to $9.3 million in 2016 from $3.0 million in 2015 due to the additional debt incurred in connection with the Secure Acquisition.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense of $4.1 million represented a 6.1% effective tax rate for 2016, compared with a $5.4 million benefit that represented an effective tax rate of negative 6.0% for 2015. In 2016, we recorded the reversal of uncertain tax benefits of $8.3 million relating to the expiration of the statute of limitations for a liquidated foreign subsidiary. In 2015, we recorded discrete tax benefits of $21.2 million related to a reduced valuation allowance on U.S. net operating losses and the release of tax reserves associated with a foreign subsidiary for which the statutory period for tax audits expired. Excluding these tax items, the effective tax rate would have been 18.2% in 2016 compared to 17.6% in 2015. The increase in the effective tax rate results primarily from the geographic mix of profitability.

Net Income

We reported net income of $64.0 million, or $1.29 per diluted share for 2016, compared with net income of $95.4 million, or $1.83 per diluted share for 2015. The net decrease of $31.4 million in 2017 derived from the factors discussed above.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have historically financed our organic growth and operations through funds generated from operations and occasional borrowings under our revolving credit facility.Credit Agreement (as defined below). Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash totaled $742.5$283.2 million at December 31, 20172023 and $681.4$207.4 million at December 31, 2016,2022, of which $673.4$269.6 million and $626.2$167.7 million, respectively, werewas held outside the U.S.United States in various foreign subsidiaries.

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, as a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, all cumulative undistributed foreign earnings of our subsidiaries were subject to the U.S. mandatory transition tax, which resulted in a provisional tax expense of $101.6 million. After reduction by U.S. tax loss carryforwards and U.S. tax credit carryforwards, we accrued a provisional U.S. income tax liability of $87.7 million at December 31, 2017. We plan to pay the transition tax liability over an eight-year payment schedule as prescribed by the U.S. Tax Reform. Approximately $7.0 million is payable in less than one year, $14.0 million is payable between 1 to 3 years, another

36


$14.0 million is payable between 3 to 5 years, and the remaining $52.7 million is payable in more than 5 years. Though these foreign earnings have been deemed to be repatriated from a U.S. federal tax perspective, we have not yet completed our assessment of the U.S. Tax Reform on our plans to reinvest foreign earnings and as such have not changed our prior conclusion that the earnings are indefinitely reinvested.

Cash provided by operating activities was $145.8 million in 2017. The cash provided by operations during 2017 consisted primarily of $32.0 million of net loss, adjusted for $48.7 million of depreciation and amortization, a $6.4 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $87.3 million increase in income tax liabilities, net and a $29.5 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in income tax liabilities is a result of the estimated impact of U.S. Tax Reform. The increase in accounts payable was a result of the timing of payments. Working capital was $1.1 billion at December 31, 2017 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016.

We purchase components only after customer orders or forecasts are received, which mitigates, but does not eliminate, the risk of loss on inventories. Supplies of electronic components and other materials used in operations are subject to industry-wide shortages. In certain instances, suppliers may allocate available quantities to us. If shortages of these components and other material supplies used in operations occur, vendors may not ship the quantities we need for production, and we may be forced to delay shipments, which can increase backorders and impact cash flows.

Cash used in investing activities was $56.1 million in 2017 primarily due to purchases of additional property, plant and equipment totaling $50.8 million. The purchases of property, plant and equipment were primarily for machinery and equipment in the Americas and Asia.

Cash used in financing activities was $31.4 million in 2017. Share repurchases totaled $29.3 million, net principal payments on long-term debt totaled $12.4 million, and we received $11.2 million from the exercise of stock options.

Under the terms of our $430.0 million Credit Agreement, in addition to the Term Loan facility, we have a $200.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be used for general corporate purposes with a maturity date of November 12, 2020. The Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature pursuant to which total commitments under the facility may be increased by an additional $150.0 million, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions. As of December 31, 2017, we had $207.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan facility and $2.6 million in letters of credit outstanding under our revolving credit facility. During 2017, the Company borrowed and repaid $100.0 million of under the revolving credit facility. $197.4 million remains available for future borrowings under the revolving credit facility. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Our operations, and the operations of businesses we acquire, are subject to certain foreign, federal, state and local regulatory requirements relating to environmental, waste management, health and safety matters. We believe we operate in substantial compliance with all applicable requirements, and we seek to ensure that newly acquired businesses comply or will comply substantially with applicable requirements. To date, the costs of compliance and workplace and environmental remediation have not been material to us. However, material costs and liabilities may arise from these requirements or from new, modified or more stringent requirements in the future. In addition, our past, current and future operations, and the operations of businesses we have or may acquire, may give rise to claims of exposure by employees or the public, or to other claims or liabilities relating to environmental, waste management or health and safety concerns.

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $742.5 million and $197.4 million available for borrowings under the Credit Agreement. During the next 12 months, we believe our capital expenditures will approximate $50 to $60 million, principally for machinery and equipment to support our ongoing business around the globe.

In December 2015, our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our outstanding

37


common shares. As of December 31, 2017, we had $63.4 million remaining under the repurchase program to purchase additional shares. We are under no commitment or obligation to repurchase any particular amount of common shares.

Management believes that our existing cash balances, and funds generated from operations, and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to permit us to meet our liquidity requirements over the next 12 months. Management further believes that our ongoing cash flows from operations and any borrowings we may incur under our revolving credit facility will enable us to meet operating cash requirements in future years. If we consummated significant acquisitions in the future, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our Credit Agreement or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on acceptable termsterms.

2023 Cash Flows

Cash provided from operating activities was $174.3 million in 2023 and primarily consisted of $64.3 million of net income, adjusted for $45.4 million of depreciation and amortization, $15.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, a $42.1 million decrease in accounts receivable, and a $45.1 million decrease in inventories partially offset by a $35.3 million decrease in accounts payable. Working capital was $0.9 billion as of December 31, 2023.

We primarily purchase components only after customer orders or forecasts are received, which mitigates, but does not eliminate, the risk of loss on inventories. Supplies of electronic components and other materials used in operations are subject to industry-wide shortages. In certain instances, suppliers may allocate available quantities to us. When shortages of these components and other material supplies used in operations have occurred, vendors have at times been unable to ship the quantities we need for production, forcing us to delay shipments, which can increase backorders and impact cash flows. Vendors also may increase the costs of components based on the market conditions including these shortages. In certain instances, we request and receive advance payments from customers as prepayments of inventory to meet working capital demands of a contract, offset inventory risks such as inventory purchased in advance of current needs and protect the Company from the failure of other parties to fulfill obligations under a contract. For example, we have been impacted by supply chain constraints, including shortages, longer lead times and increased transit times.

Cash used in investing activities was $77.1 million in 2023 primarily due to capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $73.5 million and purchased software of $4.3 million. The purchases of property, plant and equipment were primarily for machinery and equipment in the Americas.

Cash used in financing activities was $23.6 million in 2023. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement were $749.5 million and principal payments under the Credit Agreement were $743.6 million. In addition, we paid $23.5 million of dividends during 2023 and $5.8 million for employee taxes paid to settle stock-based awards exercised during the year.

Credit Agreement

On December 21, 2021, the Company amended and restated the Company’s prior $650 million credit agreement by entering into a $381 million amended and restated credit agreement (the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement). Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, in addition to the $131.3 million term loan facility, we have a $250.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be used for general corporate purposes, both with a maturity date of December 21, 2026.

38


On May 20, 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 (the Amendment) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the Credit Agreement). The Amendment increased the revolving credit facility commitments from $250 million to $450 million. The Amendment also established that the interest on outstanding borrowings starting on the next reset date and any new borrowings under the Amendment (other than swingline loans) will accrue, at the Company’s option, at (a) Bloomberg Short Term Bank Yield Index (BSBY) plus the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement, approximately 1.00% to 2.00% per annum depending on various factors) or (b) for U.S. dollar denominated loans, the base rate (which is the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the Bank of America, N.A. prime rate, (iii) the one-month BSBY adjusted daily rate plus 1.00% and (iv) 1.00%).

On February 3, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, which increased the maximum amount of trade accounts that the Company may elect to sell at any one time to $200.0 million.

On May 1, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement (Amendment No. 3), which increased the revolving credit facility commitments from $450 million to $550 million. Amendment No. 3 also established that the interest on outstanding borrowings starting on the next reset date and any new borrowings under Amendment No. 3 (other than swingline loans) will accrue, at the Company’s option, at (a) Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 0.10% plus the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement, approximately 1.00% to 2.00% per annum depending on various factors) or (b) for U.S. dollar denominated loans, the base rate (which is the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the Bank of America, N.A. prime rate, (iii) Term SOFR plus 1.00% and (iv) 1.00%).

As of December 31, 2023, we had $127.1 million in borrowings outstanding under the term loan facility and $205.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility and $4.4 million in letters of credit outstanding under our revolving credit facility. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding the terms of our Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants related to interest coverage and debt leverage, and certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt and liens, pay dividends, repurchase shares, sell assets and merge or consolidate with other persons. Amounts due under the Credit Agreement could be accelerated upon specified events of default, including a failure to pay amounts due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject, in some cases, to cure periods. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all of these covenants and restrictions.

As of December 31, 2023, we had $340.6 million available for borrowings under the Credit Agreement. During the next 12 months, we believe our capital expenditures will approximate $60 million to $70 million, principally for machinery and equipment to help increase our production capacity to support anticipated revenue growth and our ongoing business around the globe.

Share Repurchase Authorization

On March 6, 2018, the Board of Directors approved an expanded share repurchase authorization granting the Company authority to repurchase up to $250 million in common stock in addition to the $100 million previously approved on December 7, 2015. On October 26, 2018 and February 19, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional $100 million and $150 million of the Company’s common stock, respectively.

Share purchases may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or block transactions, at the discretion of the Company’s management and as market conditions warrant. Purchases will be funded from available cash and may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice. Shares repurchased under the program are retired. The Company did not repurchase shares in 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $154.6 million remaining under the share repurchase authorization.

Dividends

During 2023, 2022 and 2021, cash dividends paid totaled $23.5 million, $23.2 million and $23.3 million, respectively. On December 13, 2023, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.165 per share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of record as of December 29, 2023. The dividend of $5.9 million was paid on January 12, 2024.

The Board of Directors currently intends to continue paying quarterly dividends. However, the Company’s future dividend policy is subject to the Company’s compliance with applicable law, and depending on, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions in the Company’s debt agreements, and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant. Dividend payments are not mandatory or guaranteed; there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to pay a dividend in the future.

39


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to accounts receivable, inventories, revenue recognition, income taxes, long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Allowance for Doubtful AccountsOur revenue is recognized when a contract exists and when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring control of a product or service to the customer. A contract exists when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. For the Company, the arrangement with the customer is generally documented through a master agreement which outlines the general terms and conditions of the arrangement and a specific purchase commitment from the customer.

Our accounts receivable balanceperformance obligations are satisfied over time as work progresses or at a point in time. The determination of how our performance obligations are satisfied requires judgment and is recorded netassessed on a contract by contract basis. Under the majority of allowances for amounts not expectedour contracts, our performance obligations are satisfied over time as work progresses since the customer controls all of the work-in-progress as products are being built. For these contracts, the selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products or services to be collectedprovided. We use a cost-based input measurement of progress because it best represents the transfer of assets to the customer. For our other contracts, revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of the product or service, which is generally upon shipment or delivery depending on the terms of the underlying contract. Revenue from our customers. Because our accounts receivable are typically unsecured, we periodically evaluate their collectibility based on a combination of factors, including a particular customer’s ability to pay as welldesign, development and engineering services is generally recognized over time as the ageservices are performed.

Generally, there are no subjective customer acceptance requirements or further obligations related to goods or services provided. Our contracts with customers do not allow for a general right of the receivables. To evaluate a specific customer’s ability to pay, we analyze financial statements, payment history and various information or disclosures by the customer or other publicly available information. In cases where the evidence suggests a customer may not be able to satisfy its obligation to us, we establish a specific allowance in an amount we determine appropriate for the perceived risk. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.return.

Inventory Obsolescence

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market. We write down inventory for estimated obsolescence as necessary in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated market value based on assumptions of future demands and market conditions. We evaluate our inventory on a quarterly basis based on current and forecasted usage and the latest forecasts of product demand and production requirements from our customers. Customers frequently make changes to their forecasts, which requires us to make changes to our inventory purchases, commitments, and production scheduling and may require us to cancel open purchase commitments with our vendors. This process may lead to on-hand inventory quantities and on-order purchase commitments that exceed our customers’ revised needs, or parts that become obsolete before use in production. We write down excess and obsolete inventory when we determine that our customers are not responsible for it, or if we believe our customers will be unable to fulfill their obligation to ultimately purchase it. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those we projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

38


Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions where we operate, including estimating exposures related to uncertain tax positions. We must also make judgments regarding theour ability to realize the future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Our valuation allowance asAs of December 31, 2017 of $15.82023, our valuation allowance was $18.5 million and primarily relates to the deferred tax assets fromof our foreign net operating loss tax carryforwards of $11.8 million.locations.

Differences in our future operating results as compared to the estimates utilized in the determination of the valuation allowancesallowance against our deferred tax assets could result in adjustments into the respective valuation allowances in future periods. For example, a significant increase in the operations of our operations in the United States,foreign locations or future accretive acquisitions in the United States and any movement in the mix of profits from our international operations to the United Statesforeign locations would result in a reduction in theour valuation allowance in the period of occurrence and would increase our income in the period such determination was made. Alternatively, significant economic downturns in the United Statesour U.S. or foreign locations generating additional operating loss carryforwards and potential movements in the mix of profits to international locations wouldcould possibly result in an increase in theour valuation allowance and would decrease our income in the period such determination was made.

During 2015, we evaluatedThe OECD and the recoverabilityG20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting have published the Pillar Two model rules designed to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalization of our deferredthe global economy. The Pillar Two model rules adopt a global corporate minimum tax assets usingof 15% for multinational enterprises with average revenue in excess of €750 million on their global consolidated financial statements. The Council of the criteria described aboveEuropean Union has adopted the Pillar Two model rules and concludedhas directed EU member states to implement legislation enacting the Pillar Two model rules. Many countries, including non-EU member states, have implemented laws based on the Pillar Two model rules to be effective as of January 1, 2024.

40


The Company has manufacturing operations in several of the foreign jurisdictions that our projected future taxable incomehave implemented the Pillar Two model rules. The Company is still in the U.S. was sufficient to utilize additionalprocess of assessing the potential impact of the Pillar Two model rules on the Company’s provision for income taxes, net operating loss carryforwardsincome and other deferred tax assets. As a result, we reduced our U.S. valuation allowance by $19.6 million in 2015.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which provides guidance on accountingcash flows for the tax effectscalendar year of 2024 and future years. The potential impact, if any, of the U.S. Tax Reform. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete their accounting of the impact on income taxes. Until the accounting is complete, companies may record provisional estimates. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, we have recorded provisional amounts in relationPillar Two model rules to the accounting of the transition tax in 2017. We consider the accounting of the transition taxCompany’s provision for income taxes, net income and other items as further disclosed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Reportcash flows is currently not known or reasonably estimable. The Company expects to be incomplete duein a position to report the forthcoming guidance and our ongoing analysis of final data and tax positions which maypotential impact, these calculations. We expect to complete our analysis withinif any, in its interim financial statements for the measurementquarterly period in accordance with SAB 118.ending March 31, 2024.

We are subject to examination by tax authorities for different periods in various U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. During the course of such examinations, disputes may occur as to matters of fact and/or law. In most tax jurisdictions, the passage of time without examination will result in the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations, thereby precluding the taxing authority from examining the relevant tax period(s). We believe that we have adequately provided for our tax liabilities.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment and purchased intangiblesintangible assets, subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized byfor the amount that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis, at a minimum, and whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. Circumstances that may lead to impairment include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand or the restructuring of our operations as a result of a change in our business strategy. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if goodwill is potentially impaired. If the

39


qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, or if we elect not to perform a qualitative assessment, then we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill. This two-step process involves determining the fair values of the reporting units and comparing those fair values to the carrying values, including goodwill, of the reporting unit.units. An impairment loss would be recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. For purposes of performing our goodwill impairment assessment, our reporting units are the same as our operating segments as defined in Note 1413 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. As of both December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, we had $154.0 million of goodwill of approximately $191.6 million associated withrelated to our Americas reporting unit and $38.1 million of goodwill related to our Asia business segments.reporting unit.

Based on our qualitative assessments of goodwill as of December 31, 2017, 20162023 and 2015,2022, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our Americas and Asia business segmentsreporting units were greater than their carrying amounts, and therefore no further testing was required.

Changes in economic and operating conditions that occur after the annual impairment analysis or an interim impairment analysis, and that impact these assumptions, may result in a future goodwill impairment charge.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statements of income. For performance-based restricted stock unit awards, compensation expense is based on the probability that the performance goals will be achieved, which is monitored by management throughout the measurement period. If it becomes probable, based on our expectation of performance during that measurement period, that more or less than the previous estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expense is recognized as a change in accounting estimate. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from our current estimates, stock-based compensation could increase or decrease. See Note 1(l) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Recently Enacted Accounting Principles

See Note 1(q)1(s) to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for a discussion of recently enacted accounting principles.

4041


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We have certain contractual obligations that extend beyond 20182023 under lease obligations and debt arrangements. Non-cancelableNon-cancellable purchase commitments do not typically extend beyond the normal lead-timelead-times of several4 to 20 weeks; however, some electronic component manufacturers now have lead-times in excess of 52 weeks. PurchaseMost purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.normally cancellable; however, as a result of the recent constrained environment some manufacturers have looked to limit their liability by adding non-cancellable, non-renewable (NCNR) terms. We do not use off-balance sheet financing techniques other than traditional operating leases, and we have not guaranteed the obligations of any entity that is not one of our wholly owned subsidiaries. The total contractual cash

A summary of our operating lease obligations in existence atas of December 31, 2017 due pursuant2023 can be found in Note 6 to contractual commitments are:the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1-3

 

3-5

 

More than

 

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

1 year

 

years

 

years

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

$

69,127

 

$

13,750

 

$

22,428

 

$

13,723

 

$

19,226

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

9,373

 

 

1,712

 

 

3,527

 

 

3,669

 

 

465

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

 

207,000

 

 

17,250

 

 

189,750

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed repatriation tax (1)

 

 

87,692

 

 

7,015

 

 

14,031

 

 

14,031

 

 

52,615

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total obligations

 

$

373,192

 

$

39,727

 

$

229,736

 

$

31,423

 

$

72,306

 

A summary of our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2023 can be found in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

(1)  U.SU.S. federal income tax on deemed mandatory repatriation is payable over 8four years pursuant to the U.S. Tax Reform. See Note 98 to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

4142


Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Our international sales comprise a significant portion of our net sales.business. We are exposed to risks associated with operating internationally, including:

Foreign currency exchange risk;

Import and export duties, taxes and regulatory changes;

Inflationary economies or currencies; and

Economic and political instability.

Additionally, some of our operations are in developing countries. Certain events, including natural disasters, can impact the infrastructure of a developing country more severely than they would impact the infrastructure of a developed country. A developing country can also take longer to recover from such events, which could lead to delays in our ability to resume full operations.

We transact business in various foreign countries and are subject to foreign currency fluctuation risks. We use natural hedging and forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure primarily associated with trade accounts receivable, other receivables and trade accounts payable that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. TheCertain forward currency exchange contracts in place as of December 31, 20172023 have not been designated as accounting hedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded within our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statement of Income.income in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

The Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted foreign currency expenses. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet until earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows.

Our sales are substantially denominated in U.S. dollars. Our foreign currency cash flows are generated in certain European and Asian countries and Mexico.

We are also exposed to market risk for changes in interest rates on our financial instruments, a portion of which relates to our invested cash balances. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investing activities. We place cash and cash equivalents and investments with various major financial institutions. We protect our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default risk by generally investing in investment grade securities.

We are also exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings under our Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2017,2023, we had $207.0$127.1 million outstanding on the floating rate term loan facility, and we have an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $155.3$127.1 million. Under this swap agreement, we receive variable rate interest rate payments and pay fixed rate interest payments. The effect of this swap is to convert a portion of our floating rate interest expense to fixed interest rate expense. The interest rate swap is designated as a cash flow hedge.

For additional information, see Note 1110 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

42


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands, except par value)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

742,546

 

$

681,433

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and $2,838, respectively

 

436,560

 

 

440,692

 

 

Inventories

 

397,181

 

 

381,334

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

42,263

 

 

28,057

 

 

Income taxes receivable

 

120

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

1,618,670

 

 

1,531,662

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

186,473

 

 

166,148

 

Goodwill

 

191,616

 

 

191,616

 

Deferred income taxes

 

4,034

 

 

6,572

 

Other, net

 

96,524

 

 

102,670

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,097,317

 

$

1,998,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current installments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

$

18,274

 

$

12,396

 

 

Accounts payable

 

362,701

 

 

326,249

 

 

Income taxes payable

 

11,662

 

 

3,534

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

85,679

 

 

70,202

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

478,316

 

 

412,381

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

 

193,406

 

 

211,252

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

89,749

 

 

9,570

 

Deferred income taxes

 

7,027

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.10 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value; 145,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

issued and outstanding – 49,143 and 49,330, respectively

 

4,914

 

 

4,933

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

634,192

 

 

626,306

 

 

Retained earnings

 

697,862

 

 

748,402

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(8,149)

 

 

(14,176)

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

1,328,819

 

 

1,365,465

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,097,317

 

$

1,998,668

43


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands, except par value)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

277,391

 

 

$

207,430

 

Restricted cash

 

 

5,822

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $
470 and $514, respectively

 

 

449,404

 

 

 

491,957

 

Contract assets

 

 

174,979

 

 

 

183,613

 

Inventories

 

 

683,801

 

 

 

727,749

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

44,350

 

 

 

41,400

 

Total current assets

 

 

1,635,747

 

 

 

1,652,149

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

227,698

 

 

 

211,478

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

130,830

 

 

 

93,081

 

Goodwill

 

 

192,116

 

 

 

192,116

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

26,943

 

 

 

12,235

 

Other assets, net

 

 

61,421

 

 

 

66,272

 

Total assets

 

$

2,274,755

 

 

$

2,227,331

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current installments of long-term debt

 

$

4,283

 

 

$

4,275

 

Accounts payable

 

 

367,480

 

 

 

424,272

 

Advance payments from customers

 

 

204,883

 

 

 

197,937

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

22,225

 

 

 

12,236

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

114,676

 

 

 

110,416

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

713,547

 

 

 

749,136

 

Long-term debt, net of current installments

 

 

326,674

 

 

 

320,675

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

123,385

 

 

 

86,687

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

32,064

 

 

 

43,922

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

495

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.10 par value; 5,000 shares authorized,
   
none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value; 145,000 shares authorized;
   issued and outstanding –
35,664 and 35,164, respectively

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

3,516

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

528,842

 

 

 

519,238

 

Retained earnings

 

 

560,537

 

 

 

519,895

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(13,860

)

 

 

(16,233

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

1,079,085

 

 

 

1,026,416

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

2,274,755

 

 

$

2,227,331

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

44


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

43Consolidated Statements of Income


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

Sales

$

2,466,811

 

$

2,310,415

 

$

2,540,873

 

$

2,838,976

 

 

$

2,886,331

 

 

$

2,255,319

 

Cost of sales

Cost of sales

 

2,239,114

 

2,096,952

 

2,321,619

 

 

2,567,906

 

 

 

2,631,096

 

 

 

2,049,418

 

Gross profit

 

227,697

 

213,463

 

219,254

Gross profit

 

 

271,070

 

 

 

255,235

 

 

 

205,901

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

130,401

 

113,448

 

107,462

 

 

147,025

 

 

 

150,215

 

 

 

136,700

 

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of intangible assets

 

10,065

 

11,838

 

4,962

 

 

5,979

 

 

 

6,384

 

 

 

6,384

 

Restructuring charges and other costs

Restructuring charges and other costs

 

8,628

 

12,539

 

13,861

 

 

8,402

 

 

 

8,567

 

 

 

13,699

 

Income from operations

 

78,603

 

75,638

 

92,969

Ransomware related incident recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,944

)

Income from operations

 

 

109,664

 

 

 

90,069

 

 

 

53,062

 

Interest expense

Interest expense

 

(9,405)

 

(9,304)

 

(2,996)

 

 

(31,875

)

 

 

(12,894

)

 

 

(8,472

)

Interest income

Interest income

 

5,370

 

2,136

 

1,207

 

 

6,256

 

 

 

1,730

 

 

 

540

 

Other expense

 

(1,786)

 

(282)

 

(1,141)

Income before income taxes

 

72,782

 

68,188

 

90,039

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

104,747

 

4,141

 

(5,362)

Net income (loss)

$

(31,965)

 

$

64,047

 

$

95,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$   (0.64)

 

$ 1.30

 

$ 1.85

Diluted

 

$   (0.64)

 

$ 1.29

 

$ 1.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(2,825

)

 

 

5,437

 

 

 

277

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

81,220

 

 

 

84,342

 

 

 

45,407

 

Income tax expense

 

 

16,905

 

 

 

16,113

 

 

 

9,637

 

Net income

 

$

64,315

 

 

$

68,229

 

 

$

35,770

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.81

 

 

$

1.94

 

 

$

1.00

 

Diluted

 

$

1.79

 

 

$

1.91

 

 

$

0.99

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

49,680

 

49,298

 

51,573

Diluted

 

49,680

 

49,825

 

52,088

Basic

 

 

35,566

 

 

 

35,179

 

 

 

35,655

 

Diluted

 

 

35,973

 

 

 

35,718

 

 

 

36,101

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

45


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

44Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

(31,965)

 

$

64,047

 

$

95,401

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

4,977

 

 

(1,465)

 

 

(3,391)

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax

 

33

 

 

21

 

 

(31)

 

Unrealized gain on derivative, net of tax

 

1,192

 

 

286

 

 

 

Other

 

(175)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(119)

Other comprehensive gain (loss)

 

6,027

 

 

(1,160)

 

 

(3,541)

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

(25,938)

 

$

62,887

 

$

91,860

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net income

 

$

64,315

 

 

$

68,229

 

 

$

35,770

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

2,964

 

 

 

(3,148

)

 

 

(4,354

)

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax

 

 

(628

)

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

3,370

 

Other

 

 

37

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

477

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

2,373

 

 

 

925

 

 

 

(507

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

66,688

 

 

$

69,154

 

 

$

35,263

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

46


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

45Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Common

 

paid-in

 

Retained

 

comprehensive

 

shareholders’

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

 

Shares

 

stock

 

capital

 

earnings

 

loss

 

equity

 

Shares

 

 

Common
Stock

 

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

 

Retained
Earnings

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

 

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2014

 

52,994

 

$  5,300

 

$  649,715

 

$  644,085

 

 

$  (9,475)

 

 

$  1,289,625

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

7,709

 

 

 

7,709

Shares repurchased and retired

 

(3,066)

 

(307)

 

(33,477)

 

(34,581)

 

 

(68,365)

Stock options exercised

 

114

 

11

 

1,965

 

 

 

1,976

Vesting of restricted stock units, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of restricted share forfeitures

 

160

 

16

 

(16)

 

 

 

Shares withheld for taxes

 

(24)

 

(2)

 

(569)

 

 

 

(571)

Excess tax shortfall of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based compensation

 

 

 

(330)

 

 

 

(330)

Balances, December 31, 2020

 

 

36,295

 

 

$

3,629

 

 

$

510,405

 

 

$

492,205

 

 

$

(16,651

)

 

$

989,588

 

Net income

Net income

 

 

 

 

95,401

 

 

95,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,770

 

Other comprehensive loss

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

(3,541)

 

(3,541)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(507

)

 

 

(507

)

Balances, December 31, 2015

 

50,178

 

5,018

 

624,997

 

704,905

 

(13,016)

 

1,321,904

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

5,322

 

 

 

5,322

Shares repurchased and retired

 

(1,959)

 

(196)

 

(21,396)

 

(20,337)

 

 

(41,929)

Stock options exercised

 

928

 

93

 

18,732

 

 

 

18,825

Vesting of restricted stock units, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of restricted share forfeitures

 

209

 

21

 

(21)

 

 

 

Shares withheld for taxes

 

(26)

 

(3)

 

(565)

 

 

 

(568)

Excess tax shortfall of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based compensation

 

 

 

(976)

 

 

 

(976)

Net income

 

 

 

 

64,047

 

 

64,047

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

(1,160)

 

(1,160)

Balances, December 31, 2016

 

49,330

 

4,933

 

626,093

 

748,615

 

(14,176)

 

1,365,465

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

213

 

(213)

 

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,267

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,267

)

Stock-based compensation expense

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

7,815

 

 

 

7,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,262

 

Shares repurchased and retired

Shares repurchased and retired

 

(963)

 

(97)

 

(10,676)

 

(18,575)

 

 

(29,348)

 

 

(1,380

)

 

 

(138

)

 

 

(15,362

)

 

 

(24,716

)

 

 

 

 

 

(40,216

)

Stock options exercised

Stock options exercised

 

582

 

58

 

11,150

 

 

 

11,208

 

 

30

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

346

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

206

 

21

 

(21)

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares withheld for taxes

Shares withheld for taxes

 

(12)

 

(1)

 

(382)

 

 

 

(383)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(3,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,174

)

Balances, December 31, 2021

 

 

35,213

 

 

$

3,521

 

 

$

507,447

 

 

$

479,992

 

 

$

(17,158

)

 

$

973,802

 

Net income

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

(31,965)

 

 

(31,965)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,229

 

Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

6,027

 

6,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

925

 

 

 

925

 

Balances, December 31, 2017

 

49,143

 

$  4,914

 

$  634,192

 

$  697,862

 

 

$  (8,149)

 

 

$  1,328,819

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,149

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,149

)

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,485

 

Shares repurchased and retired

 

 

(376

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(4,177

)

 

 

(5,177

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,391

)

Stock options exercised

 

 

45

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

407

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares withheld for taxes

 

 

(125

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(3,188

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,201

)

Balances, December 31, 2022

 

 

35,164

 

 

$

3,516

 

 

$

519,238

 

 

$

519,895

 

 

$

(16,233

)

 

$

1,026,416

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,315

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,373

 

 

 

2,373

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,673

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,673

)

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,286

 

Shares repurchased and retired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

732

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares withheld for taxes

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(5,737

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,761

)

Balances, December 31, 2023

 

 

35,664

 

 

$

3,566

 

 

$

528,842

 

 

$

560,537

 

 

$

(13,860

)

 

$

1,079,085

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

47


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

46Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

(31,965)

 

$

64,047

 

$

95,401

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

36,668

 

 

41,398

 

 

42,822

 

Amortization

 

12,004

 

 

13,741

 

 

6,850

 

Deferred income taxes

 

9,262

 

 

7,055

 

 

(12,781)

 

Asset impairments

 

42

 

 

142

 

 

1,201

 

Gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment

 

(202)

 

 

(224)

 

 

(85)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

7,815

 

 

5,322

 

 

7,709

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

-

 

 

(663)

 

 

(481)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

business acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

6,354

 

 

37,573

 

 

52,847

 

Inventories

 

(14,015)

 

 

27,749

 

 

3,974

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(10,434)

 

 

3,147

 

 

(3,202)

 

Accounts payable

 

29,542

 

 

76,039

 

 

(41,388)

 

Accrued liabilities

 

13,519

 

 

(28)

 

 

(4,533)

 

Income taxes

 

87,252

 

 

(2,210)

 

 

(959)

 

Net cash provided by operations

 

145,842

 

 

273,088

 

 

147,375

Net income

 

$

64,315

 

 

$

68,229

 

 

$

35,770

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

34,368

 

 

 

33,339

 

 

 

35,003

 

Amortization

 

 

11,042

 

 

 

10,913

 

 

 

9,149

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,321

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(14,992

)

 

 

(7,248

)

 

 

(6,883

)

Asset impairments

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,357

 

(Gain) loss on the sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(289

)

 

 

148

 

Gain on assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

(393

)

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

15,286

 

 

 

18,485

 

 

 

15,262

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

42,050

 

 

 

(136,455

)

 

 

(46,967

)

Contract assets

 

 

8,634

 

 

 

(28,370

)

 

 

(12,464

)

Inventories

 

 

45,071

 

 

 

(206,247

)

 

 

(197,867

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(4,648

)

 

 

(6,467

)

 

 

(12,201

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(35,320

)

 

 

(16,656

)

 

 

139,952

 

Advance payments from customers

 

 

6,946

 

 

 

79,813

 

 

 

34,002

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(13,093

)

 

 

6,303

 

 

 

(508

)

Operating leases

 

 

2,414

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

(167

)

Income taxes

 

 

9,926

 

 

 

6,646

 

 

 

792

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

174,294

 

 

 

(177,467

)

 

 

(2,622

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investments at par

 

250

 

 

200

 

 

50

Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

(50,786)

 

 

(30,478)

 

 

(37,128)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

 

280

 

 

357

 

 

605

Additions to purchased software

 

(3,720)

 

 

(1,856)

 

 

(934)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

10,750

 

 

(229,582)

Other

 

(2,145)

 

 

(218)

 

 

188

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(56,121)

 

 

(21,245)

 

 

(266,801)

Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

 

(73,479

)

 

 

(43,357

)

 

 

(38,794

)

Additions to capitalized purchased software

 

 

(4,260

)

 

 

(3,417

)

 

 

(3,383

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

649

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

239

 

Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

5,372

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

63

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(77,138

)

 

 

(41,174

)

 

 

(41,875

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

11,208

 

 

18,825

 

 

1,976

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

 

 

663

 

 

481

Employee taxes paid for shares withheld

 

(383)

 

 

(568)

 

 

(571)

Borrowings under credit agreement

 

100,000

 

 

25,000

 

 

250,000

Principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

(112,396)

 

 

(37,301)

 

 

(20,676)

Share repurchases

 

(29,348)

 

 

(41,929)

 

 

(68,365)

Debt issuance costs

 

(433)

 

 

 

 

(3,779)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(31,352)

 

 

(35,310)

 

 

159,066

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

2,744

 

 

(1,095)

 

 

(1,021)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

61,113

 

 

215,438

 

 

38,619

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

681,433

 

 

465,995

 

 

427,376

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$

742,546

 

$

681,433

 

$

465,995

Borrowings under credit agreement

 

 

749,500

 

 

 

828,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

Principal payments on credit agreement

 

 

(743,602

)

 

 

(633,000

)

 

 

(155,625

)

Dividends paid

 

 

(23,455

)

 

 

(23,156

)

 

 

(23,260

)

Employee taxes paid with shares withheld

 

 

(5,761

)

 

 

(3,201

)

 

 

(3,174

)

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

 

129

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

346

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(216

)

 

 

(574

)

 

 

(1,150

)

Principal payments on finance leases

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(165

)

 

 

(873

)

Share repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

(9,391

)

 

 

(40,216

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(23,578

)

 

 

159,229

 

 

 

(73,952

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash,
cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

2,205

 

 

 

(4,907

)

 

 

(5,792

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

75,783

 

 

 

(64,319

)

 

 

(124,241

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the year

 

 

207,430

 

 

 

271,749

 

 

 

395,990

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the year

 

$

283,213

 

 

$

207,430

 

 

$

271,749

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

48


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC.

47


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(amountsAmounts in thousands, except per share data, unless otherwise noted)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Business

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. (the Company) is a Texas corporation that provides worldwide integrated electronicadvanced manufacturing services, (EMS),which include design and engineering and design services and precision machining services. Thetechnology solutions. From initial product concept to volume production, including direct order fulfillment and aftermarket services, the Company provideshas been providing integrated services and solutions to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) insince 1979. The Company serves the following industries: industrial controls,market sectors: complex industrials, aerospace and defense (A&D), telecommunications, computersmedical technologies, semiconductor capital equipment (semi-cap), advanced computing and related products for business enterprises, medical devices, and testing and instrumentation.next-generation communications. The Company has manufacturing operations located in the United States and Mexico (the Americas), Asia and Europe.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the financial statements of Benchmark Electronics, Inc. and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c) Cash, and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents of $581.4$121.2 million and $531.8 $88.9million at December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, respectively, consisted primarily of money-market funds and time deposits with an initial term of less than three months. Restricted cash represents cash received from customers to settle invoices sold under trade accounts receivable sale program purchase agreements that is contractually required to be set aside until the cash is remitted to the purchaser.

(d) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for amounts not expected to be collected. In estimating the allowance, management considers a specific customer’s financial condition, payment history, current conditions, and various information or disclosures by the customer or other publicly available information. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance after all reasonable efforts to collect the full amount (including litigation, where appropriate) have been exhausted. During 2017,

The following table summarizes the Company recorded a $1.7 million chargeactivity of the Company’s allowance for provisionsdoubtful accounts:

(in thousands)

 

Balance as of
the Beginning
of the Year

 

 

Charges to
Operations

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance as of
the End
of the Year

 

Year ended December 31, 2023:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)

 

$

514

 

 

$

1,321

 

 

$

(1,365

)

 

$

470

 

Year ended December 31, 2022:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)

 

 

788

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

(763

)

 

 

514

 

Year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)

 

 

1,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

(583

)

 

 

788

 

(1)
Deductions in the allowance for doubtful accounts represent write-offs, net of recoveries, of amounts determined to accounts receivable associated with the insolvency of a customer.be uncollectible.

49


(e) Inventories

Inventories include material, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost (principally first-in,(first-in, first-out method) or market.and net realizable value. Costs included in inventories consist of materials, labor and overhead. The carrying amounts of inventories are adjusted for excess and obsolete inventory. Evaluation of excess inventory includes considering factors such as anticipated usage, inventory turnover, inventory levels and product demand levels. Evaluation for obsolete inventory includes considering factors such as the age of on-hand inventory, reduction in value due to damage and design changes. The Company also takes into consideration whether customer agreements specify for the customer to pay for such inventory.

(f) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated onusing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which include 5 to 40 years for buildings and building improvements, 2 to 15 years for machinery and equipment, 2 to 12 years for furniture and fixtures and 2 to 8 years for vehicles. Leasehold improvements are amortized onusing the straight-line method over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the remainder of the lease term.

48(g) Leases

Lease assets and liabilities are initially recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate unless the implicit rate is readily determinable. Our incremental borrowing rate represents the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term in a similar economic environment. Lease assets also include any upfront lease payments made and exclude lease incentives. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that those options will be exercised. Leases are classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the consolidated statement of income. Management elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of the Company’s leases that qualify, in addition to the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components.


(g)(h) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead assessed for impairment at least annually.

Other assets, net, primarily consist of acquired identifiable intangible assets and capitalized purchased software costs. Intangible assets, including those acquired in a business combination, with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 10 to 14 years. Capitalized purchased software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related software, which ranges from 2 to 14 years. Technology licenses are amortized over their estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed.

(h)(i) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is evaluated by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized byfor the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately disclosed andare reported at the lower of the carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated.

The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be disclosed separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet.

Goodwill is testedCompany evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, at a minimum,during the fourth quarter, and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may be impaired. Circumstances that may lead to the impairment of goodwill include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand or the restructuring of our operations as a result of a change in our business strategy. A qualitative assessment is allowed to determine if goodwill is potentially impaired. Based on this qualitative assessment, if the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, then it performs a two-step goodwill impairment test,quantitative assessment, otherwise no further analysis is required. In connection with its annual qualitative goodwill impairment assessments as of December 31, 2017, 20162023 and 2015,2022, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

(i)50


(j) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding adjusted for the incremental shares attributed to outstanding stock equivalents. Stock equivalents include common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and other equity instruments and are computed using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the exercise price of a share and the amount of compensation cost, if any, for future service that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used to repurchase shares in the current period.

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.share:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

(31,965)

 

$

64,047

 

$

95,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share – weighted-average number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

common shares outstanding during the period

 

49,680

 

 

49,298

 

 

51,573

Incremental common shares attributable to exercise of dilutive options

 

 

 

313

 

 

318

Incremental common shares attributable to outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

restricted stock units

 

 

 

214

 

 

197

Denominator for diluted earnings per share

 

49,680

 

 

49,825

 

 

52,088

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$   (0.64)

 

 

$  1.30

 

 

$  1.85

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$   (0.64)

 

 

$  1.29

 

 

$  1.83

 

49


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net income

 

$

64,315

 

 

$

68,229

 

 

$

35,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share

 

 

35,566

 

 

 

35,179

 

 

 

35,655

 

Incremental common shares attributable to outstanding restricted stock units

 

 

403

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

407

 

Incremental common shares attributable to exercise of dilutive options

 

 

4

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

39

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share

 

 

35,973

 

 

 

35,718

 

 

 

36,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.81

 

 

$

1.94

 

 

$

1.00

 

Diluted

 

$

1.79

 

 

$

1.91

 

 

$

0.99

 

Potentially dilutive securities totaling 0.6 million common shares in 2017There were not included inno anti-dilutive stock options excluded from the computation of diluted lossearnings per share because their effect would have decreased the loss per share. Options to purchase 0.4 millionin 2023, 2022 and 1.32021. Restricted stock units totaling less than 0.1 million common shares in 2016share equivalents for 2023 and 2015, respectively,2021 were not included inexcluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive restricted stock units in 2022.

(j)(k) Revenue Recognition

Revenue fromThe Company recognizes revenue as the salecustomer takes control of the manufactured products built to customer specifications and excess inventoryspecifications. Under the majority of the Company’s manufacturing contracts with customers, the customer controls all of the work-in-progress as products are being built. Revenue under these contracts is recognized when title and riskprogressively based on the cost-to-cost method. For other manufacturing contracts, the customer does not take control of ownership have passed, the priceproduct until it is completed. Under these contracts, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of the product to the buyercustomer, which is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured, which generally is when the goods are shipped. Revenue from design, development and engineering services is generally recognized whenover time as the services are performed and collectibility is reasonably certain. Such services provided under fixed price contracts are accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method.performed.

The Company’s performance obligations generally have an expected duration of one year or less. The Company assumes noapplies the practical expedient related to short-term performance obligations and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less or any significant obligations after shipmentfinancing components in the contracts.

The Company recognizes the incremental costs, if any, of obtaining contracts as it typically warrants workmanship only. Therefore,an expense when incurred since the warranty provisions are generally not significant.amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

(k)(l) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.realized in the future. The Company has consideredconsiders the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in assessing the need for thea valuation allowance.

51


(l)

(m) Stock-Based Compensation

All share-based payments to employees of the Company, including grants of employee stock options (last awarded in 2015), are recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on their grant date fair values. The total compensation costcosts recognized for stock-based awards was $7.8were $15.3 million, $5.3$18.5 million and $7.7$15.3 million for 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively. The total incomefuture tax benefit recognized in the income statement forof these stock-based awards as of the grant date was $2.8$3.5 million, $1.1$4.4 million and $3.1$3.6 million for 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively. The compensation expense for stock-based awardsfair value of stock option grants is recognized overestimated on the vesting perioddate of the awardsgrant using the straight-line method. AwardsBlack-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of restricted shares, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units are valued atdetermined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common sharesstock on the date of grant. For performance-based restricted stock units, compensation expensecost is based oncalculated taking into consideration the probability that the underlying performance goals will be achieved, which is monitored by management throughout the requisite service period. When it becomes probable, based on the Company’smanagement's expectation of the Company's performance during the measurement period, that more or less than the previous estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expensecost is recognized as a change in accounting estimate.

estimate in the period the change is determined.

50


As of December 31, 2017,2023, the unrecognized compensation costcosts and remaining weighted-average amortization periods related to stock-based awards were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

Restricted
Stock Units

 

 

Performance-
Based
Stock Units

 

Unrecognized compensation cost

 

$

21,869

 

 

$

4,813

 

Remaining weighted-average amortization period

 

2.5 years

 

 

1.8 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

based

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Restricted

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

(in thousands)

 

Options

 

 Units 

 

Units(1)

 

Unrecognized compensation cost

 

 $  535

 

 $  10,738

 

 $  3,345

 

Remaining weighted-average amortization period

 

0.6 years

 

2.2 years

 

1.8 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Based on the probable achievement of the performance goals identified in each award.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated(1)

Based on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average fair value per option granted during 2015 was $8.76. No options were granted during 2017 or 2016. The weighted-average assumptions used to value the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows:

(in thousands)

Options granted

289

Expected term of options

6.4 years

Expected volatility

35%

Risk-free interest rate

1.886%

Dividend yield

zero

The expected termprobable achievement of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is based on historical experience, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future plan participant behavior. Separate groups of plan participants that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. Expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common shares. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon ratesperformance goals identified in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term. The dividend yield reflects that the Company has not paid any cash dividends since inception and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

each award.

The total cash received as a result of stock option exercises in 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 was approximately $11.2$0.1 million, $18.8$0.7 million and $2.0$0.3 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized as a result of stock option exercises and the vesting of other share-based awards during 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 was $5.0$2.7 million, $3.7$2.5 million and $2.1$2.7 million, respectively. For 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $7.7$0.1 million, $5.1$0.5 million and $0.7$0.5 million, respectively.

The Company awarded performance-based restricted stock units to employees during 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015.2021. The number of performance-based restricted stock units that will ultimately be earned will not be determined until the end of the corresponding performance periods and may vary from as low as zero to as high as 2.5 times the target number depending on the level of achievement of certain performance goals. The level of achievement of these goals is based upon the financial results of the Company for the last full calendar year within the performance period. The performance goals consist of certain levels of achievement using the following financial metrics: revenue, growth, operating income margin, expansion, and return on invested capital. If the performance goals are not met based on the Company’s financial results, the applicable performance-based restricted stock units will not vest and will be forfeited. Shares subject to forfeited performance-based restricted stock units will bebecome available for issuance under the Company’s 20102019 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the 20102019 Plan).

51


(m)(n) Use of Estimates

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates, including those related to accounts receivable, inventories, income taxes, long-lived assets, leases, goodwill, stock-based compensation andexpense, contingencies and litigation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(n)52


(o) Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

A three-tier fair value hierarchy of inputs is employed to determine fair value measurements.measurements as follows:

·

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

·liabilities;

Level 2 inputs are observable prices that are not quoted on active exchanges, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whosein which inputs are observable or whosein which significant value drivers are observable.

·observable; and

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs employed for measuring the fair value of assets or liabilities.

This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, accounts andreceivable, other receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and long-term debt, interest rate swaps and capital lease obligations. Theforeign currency hedges. For cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, the Company believes that the carrying values of theseits financial instruments approximate the fair values because of their short-term nature. For borrowings under the credit facility in long-term debt, the Company believes that the fair value.value approximates the carrying value because the interest rates are variable. As of December 31, 2017, all2023, the fair value estimates for the Company's interest rate swap agreement and were based on Level 2 inputs of the Company’s long-term investments and derivative instruments were recorded at fair value using Level 3 inputs.hierarchy. See Note 11.10.

(o)(p) Foreign Currency

For foreign subsidiaries of the Company using the local currency as their functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reportedrecognized in other comprehensive income.income (loss). Exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in other expense(expense) income, net. For 2023, 2022 and totaled approximately $2.1 2021, the Company recognized a loss of $3.4million, $0.5 a gain of $0.6million and $2.3 a loss of $0.3million, in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts include the amount of gain (loss) recognized in income due to forward currency exchange contracts.

(p)(q) Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the variability of foreign currency obligations and interest rates. The Company does not enter into derivative arrangements for speculative purposes. Generally, if a derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recordedrecognized in other comprehensive income (loss) to the extent the derivative is effective and recognized in the consolidated statement of income when the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges are recordedrecognized in earnings.the consolidated statement of income. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the consolidated statementsstatement of cash flows.

(r) Government Assistance Programs and Incentives

The operation of our business is impacted by various government programs, incentives, and other arrangements. Government incentives are recorded in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with their purpose as a reduction of expense or an offset to the related capital asset. The benefit is generally recognized when all conditions attached to the incentive have been met or are expected to be met and there is reasonable assurance of their receipt. For 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized government incentives of $1.7 million, $0.9 million and $0.5 million. These amounts are included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of income.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had government incentives of $0.9 million recognized in prepaid expenses and other assets. There were no unpaid government incentives as of December 31, 2022.

5253


(q)(s) New Accounting Pronouncements

AdoptedIn September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2022-04: Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations (Subtopic 405-50), which requires a buyer in 2017

Effective January 1, 2017,a supplier finance program to disclose sufficient information about the Company adoptedprogram to allow a new accounting standardsuser of financial statements to understand the program's nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. This update that simplifies several aspects of the accountingis effective for employee share-based payment transactions,fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory withholding requirements, as well as classification in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As required by this standard, excess tax benefits recognized on stock-based compensation expense are reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Income Statement as a component of the provision for income taxes on a prospective basis (See Note 9). As a result of including the income tax effects from excess tax benefits in income tax expense, the effects of the excess tax benefits are no longer included in the calculation of diluted shares outstanding, resulting in an increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding. The Company adopted this change in the method of calculating diluted shares outstanding on a prospective basis. Additionally, excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized on stock-based compensation expense are classified as an operating activity in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company has applied this provision prospectively. Additionally, the Company is now required to present the cost of shares withheld from the employee to satisfy the employees’ income tax liability as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows rather than as an operating cash flow. The Company adopted this change retrospectively. As a result, in both of theinterim periods within those fiscal years, ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, net cash provided by operations increased by $0.6 million with a corresponding offset to net cash used in financing activities. The standard also allowsexcept for the option to accountamendment on rollforward information, which is effective for forfeitures as they occur when determining the amount of compensation cost to be recognized, rather than estimating expected forfeitures over the course of a vesting period. The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. The net cumulative effect to the Company from thefiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Early adoption of this accounting standard update was an increase to paid-in capital of $0.2 million and a reduction to retained earnings of $0.2 million.

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company adopted an accounting standards update which applies to inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost, with new guidance on simplifying the measurement of inventory. Inventory within the scope of this update is required to be measured at the lower of its cost or net realizable value, with net realizable value being the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.permitted. The adoption of this update by the CompanyASU 2022-04 did not have a material impact on the Company’sour consolidated financial statements.

Adopted in 2018

In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a new accounting standards update that provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. This update is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures but does not expect it to have a material impact. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2018.

In August 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standards update, which seeks to reduce the existing diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted this new update effective January 1, 2018.

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard (commonly referred to as ASC 606), which will change the way the Company recognizes revenue and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

The Company adopted the requirements of the new standard on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective transition method. We will adjust prior period consolidated financial statements to reflect full retrospective adoption beginning with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018. As ASC 606 supersedes

53


substantially all existing revenue guidance affecting the Company under current U.S. GAAP, it will impact revenue and cost recognition across its business, as well as its business processes. The Company has substantially completed the implementation of changes to internal controls over financial reporting to allow the Company to timely compile the information needed to account for transactions under this new guidance and to adjust its prior periods’ consolidated financial statements.

Under ASC 606, revenue will be recognized as or when the customer obtains control of the goods or services promised in the contract. Given the nature of the terms and conditions in substantially all of the Company’s customer contracts, the customer obtains control as the Company performs work under the contract. For these contracts, the Company expects to recognize revenue over time. Revenue for alldetermined that other goods will be recognized at a point in time, upon transfer of control of the product to the customer (i.e., effectively no change to current accounting).

The Company currently recognizes the majority of its manufacturing revenue when title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured, which generally is when the goods are shipped. Under ASC 606, the Company will recognize revenue over time for a significant majority of its manufacturing contracts. This will change the timing of revenue recognition for a significant portion of the Company’s business, whereby revenue will be recognized earlier than under the current accounting rules. ASC 606 will also have material impacts to the Company’s balance sheet, primarily related to a reduction in finished goods and work-in-process inventories and an increase in contract assets.

The Company has completed its preliminary assessment of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s 2017 and 2016 operating results, which will reduce diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.02 for 2017 and increase diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.02 for 2016. The impact of adopting ASC 606 on the Company’s 2017 and 2016 operating results may not be indicative of the adoption impacts in future periods or of its operating performance. Total net cash provided by operating activities and net cash used by investing and financing activities on its consolidated statements of cash flows will not be impacted by the adoption of ASC 606.

Not Yet Adopted

In February 2018, the FASBrecently issued new accounting guidance on the reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. This optional guidance is effective January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating whether it will adopt this new guidance along with any impacts on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows, none of which are expected to be material.

In June 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standards update, which replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company doeswill either not expect the implementation of this update to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.flows, or will not apply to its operations.

Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016,December 2023, the FASB issued a new accounting standards update changingASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740) (ASU 2023-09), which improves the accountingtransparency of income tax disclosures by requiring consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The ASU is effective for leasesannual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance and including a requirementits impact to record all leasesthe financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASU 2023-07), which requires public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments' oversight and significant expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as assetsan interim and liabilities. This updateannual basis. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company will adopt this update effective January 1, 2019, which will impact its consolidated balance sheet.2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance and its impact this standard will have on its consolidatedto the financial statements.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to SEC's Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative (ASU 2023-06), which amends a variety of disclosure requirements in the Accounting Standards Codification. The Company has determinedeffective date for each amendment will be the date on with the SEC's removal of that all other recently issued accounting standards willrelated disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective. Early adoption is prohibited. Upon adoption, this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, or do not apply to its operations.

54


Note 2—Acquisition

On November 12, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Secure Communication Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as Secure Technology or Secure) (the Secure Acquisition) for a purchase price of $219.8 million, as adjusted in accordance with the acquisition agreement. Secure Technology is a leading provider of customized high-performance electronics, sub-systems, and component solutions for mission critical applications. The transaction was financed with borrowings under the Company’s term loan facility.

The allocation of the Secure Acquisition’s net purchase price resulted in $145.6 million of goodwill. The final allocation of the purchase price, which the Company completed in September 2016, reflects a $10.8 million purchase price adjustment received during the quarter ended September 30, 2016. The Secure Acquisition deepened Benchmark’s engineering capabilities and enhanced its ability to serve customers in highly regulated industrial markets, including aerospace and defense. The goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition represents the future economic benefit arising from assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized and is attributable to the general reputation, acquisition synergiesCompany's financial statements and expected future cash flows of the acquisition, as well as the nature of Secure’s products and services and its competitive position in the marketplace.

The purchase price for Secure has been allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

Measurement

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(as initially

 

 

period

 

 

2016

 

 

 

reported)

 

 

adjustment

 

 

(as adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase price paid

$

230,504

 

$

(10,750)

 

$

219,754

Cash acquired

 

(922)

 

 

 

 

(922)

 

Purchase price, net of cash received

$

229,582

 

$

(10,750)

 

$

218,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related costs for 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

922

 

$

 

$

922

 

Accounts receivable

 

12,839

 

 

(318)

 

 

12,521

 

Inventories

 

16,020

 

 

(2,536)

 

 

13,484

 

Other current assets

 

1,569

 

 

 

 

1,569

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,048

 

 

 

 

2,048

 

Other assets

 

97

 

 

 

 

97

 

Trade names and trademarks intangible

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Technology licenses intangible

 

15,500

 

 

 

 

15,500

 

Customer relationships intangible

 

67,100

 

 

 

 

67,100

 

Current liabilities

 

(16,714)

 

 

(222)

 

 

(16,936)

 

Long-term debt

 

(24)

 

 

 

 

(24)

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(800)

 

 

 

 

(800)

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(29,173)

 

 

 

 

(29,173)

 

Total identifiable net assets

 

77,184

 

 

(3,076)

 

 

74,108

 

Goodwill

 

153,320

 

 

(7,674)

 

 

145,646

 

Net assets acquired

$

230,504

 

$

(10,750)

 

$

219,754

55related disclosures.


The following summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects the Secure Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2015 for purposes of the statements of income. This summary pro forma information is not necessarily representative of what the Company’s results of operations would have been had these acquisitions in fact occurred on January 1, 2015, and is not intended to project the Company’s results of operations for any future period.

Pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 (unaudited):Note 2—Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

 

 

$

2,622,246

 

Net income

 

 

 

$

95,595

Note 3—Inventories

Inventory costs are summarized as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Raw materials

 

$

659,210

 

 

$

710,494

 

Work in process

 

 

22,088

 

 

 

15,546

 

Finished goods

 

 

2,503

 

 

 

1,709

 

Total inventories

 

$

683,801

 

 

$

727,749

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Raw materials

$

258,228

 

$

233,111

 

Work in process

 

108,535

 

 

113,496

 

Finished goods

 

30,418

 

 

34,727

 

 

$

397,181

 

$

381,334

Note 4—3—Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Land

 

$

5,867

 

 

$

5,867

 

Buildings and building improvements

 

 

81,282

 

 

 

79,178

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

553,468

 

 

 

542,034

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

12,897

 

 

 

11,430

 

Vehicles

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

1,099

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

54,754

 

 

 

54,272

 

Construction in progress

 

 

24,658

 

 

 

3,147

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

 

 

734,041

 

 

 

697,027

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(506,343

)

 

 

(485,549

)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

227,698

 

 

$

211,478

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Land

$

6,169

 

$

6,169

 

Buildings and building improvements

 

90,577

 

 

90,330

 

Machinery and equipment

 

476,466

 

 

445,537

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

8,468

 

 

8,089

 

Vehicles

 

1,244

 

 

1,231

 

Leasehold improvements

 

25,153

 

 

21,167

 

Construction in progress

 

10,439

 

 

 

 

 

618,516

 

 

572,523

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(432,043)

 

 

(406,375)

 

 

$

186,473

 

$

166,148

54


Note 5—4—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes each year in goodwillGoodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable operating segments were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Total

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2014

$

7,868

 

$

38,102

 

$

45,970

 

Acquisition

 

153,320

 

 

 

 

153,320

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2015

 

161,188

 

 

38,102

 

 

199,290

 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

(7,674)

 

 

 

 

(7,674)

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2016

$

153,514

 

$

38,102

 

$

191,616

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2017

$

153,514

 

$

38,102

 

$

191,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Total

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

$

154,014

 

 

$

38,102

 

 

$

192,116

 

56


The purchase accounting adjustments in 2016 related toA summary of the Secure Acquisition were based on management’s estimates resulting from review of information obtained after the acquisition that related to facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. See Note 2.

Other assets consist primarily ofCompany's acquired identifiable intangible assets and capitalized purchased software costs. Acquired identifiablecosts follows:

(in thousands)

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Carrying
Amount

 

Customer relationships

 

$

100,105

 

 

$

(71,947

)

 

$

28,158

 

Capitalized purchased software costs

 

 

45,062

 

 

 

(30,463

)

 

 

14,599

 

Technology licenses

 

 

15,500

 

 

 

(15,500

)

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Other

 

 

869

 

 

 

(404

)

 

 

465

 

Total intangible assets as of December 31, 2023

 

$

169,336

 

 

$

(118,314

)

 

$

51,022

 

(in thousands)

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Carrying
Amount

 

Customer relationships

 

$

100,072

 

 

$

(65,958

)

 

$

34,114

 

Capitalized purchased software costs

 

 

52,483

 

 

 

(36,702

)

 

 

15,781

 

Technology licenses

 

 

15,500

 

 

 

(15,500

)

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Other

 

 

868

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

491

 

Total intangible assets as of December 31, 2022

 

$

176,723

 

 

$

(118,537

)

 

$

58,186

 

During 2023, 2022 and 2021, additions to capitalized purchased software costs were $4.3 million, $3.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

A summary of the components of amortization expense, as presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows, follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

$

5,979

 

 

$

6,384

 

 

$

6,384

 

Amortization of capitalized purchased software costs

 

 

4,564

 

 

 

4,113

 

 

 

2,128

 

Amortization of debt costs

 

 

499

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

637

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

11,042

 

 

$

10,913

 

 

$

9,149

 

A summary of the future amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets held as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

Customer relationships

$

100,200

 

$

(34,372)

 

 

$

65,828

 

Purchased software costs

 

35,328

 

 

(29,612)

 

 

 

5,716

 

Technology licenses

 

28,800

 

 

(17,887)

 

 

 

10,913

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Other

 

868

 

 

(261)

 

 

 

607

 

Intangible assets, December 31, 2017

$

172,996

 

$

(82,132)

 

 

$

90,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

Customer relationships

$

100,053

 

$

(27,883)

 

 

$

72,170

 

Purchased software costs

 

31,582

 

 

(28,508)

 

 

 

3,074

 

Technology licenses

 

26,800

 

 

(14,189)

 

 

 

12,611

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Other

 

868

 

 

(237)

 

 

 

631

 

Intangible assets, December 31, 2016

$

167,103

 

$

(70,817)

 

 

$

96,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 10 to 14 years. Capitalized purchased software costs are amortized straight-line over the estimated useful life of the related software, which ranges from 2 to 10 years. Technology licenses are being amortized over their estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, $3.7 million, $1.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of purchased software costs were capitalized. During 2015, in connection with the Secure Acquisition, the Company acquired trade names and trademarks that have been determined to have an indefinite life. Amortization on the statements of cash flow for 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

Amortization of intangible assets

$

10,065

 

 

$

11,838

 

$

4,962

Amortization of capitalized purchased software costs

 

1,078

 

 

 

1,147

 

 

1,785

Amortization of debt costs

 

861

 

 

 

756

 

 

103

 

$

12,004

 

 

$

13,741

 

$

6,850

The increased amortization of intangible assets in 2016 reflects the impact of the Secure Acquisition. See Note 2.

57


The estimated future amortization expense of acquired intangible assets2023 for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

Amortization
Expense

 

2024

 

$

4,817

 

2025

 

 

4,817

 

2026

 

 

4,817

 

2027

 

 

4,817

 

2028

 

 

4,817

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2018

 

$  11,069

 

2019

 

10,999

 

2020

 

10,198

 

2021

 

7,160

 

2022

 

7,136

55


Note 6—5—Borrowing Facilities

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consistsA summary of the following:Company's long-term debt outstanding follows:

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

Term loan

$

207,000

 

$

218,500

Capital lease obligations

 

7,172

 

 

8,068

Total principal amount

 

214,172

 

 

226,568

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

 

2,492

 

 

2,920

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

$

211,680

 

$

223,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized

 

 

 

 

 

 Debt 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

 

Principal

 

 

Costs

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Term loan, due in 2020

$

207,000

 

$

2,492

Capital lease obligations, due in 2023

 

7,172

 

 

Total

$

214,172

 

$

2,492

Revolving credit facility

 

$

205,000

 

 

$

195,000

 

Term loan

 

 

127,148

 

 

 

131,250

 

Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,546

)

 

 

(1,829

)

Total long-term debt, including current installments

 

$

330,602

 

 

$

324,421

 

On July 20, 2018, the Company entered into a $650 million credit agreement (the Prior Credit Agreement) by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and a L/C Issuer. The Company has a $430 millionPrior Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent (the Administrative Agent), and the financial institutions acting as lenders thereunder from time to time. This Credit Agreement provides forwas comprised of a five-year $200 $500 million revolving credit facility and a five-year $230 $151 million term loan facility, both which had a maturity date of July 20, 2023. The term loan facility proceeds were used to (i) refinance a portion of existing indebtedness and terminate all commitments under the Company’s prior $430 million credit agreement and (ii) pay the fees, costs and expenses associated with the foregoing and the negotiation, execution and delivery of the Prior Credit Agreement.

On December 21, 2021, the Company amended and restated the Prior Credit Agreement by entering into a $381 million amended and restated credit agreement (the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is comprised of a five-year $250 million revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) and a five-year $131.3 million term loan facility (the Term Loan)Loan Facility), both with a maturity date of November 12, 2020. Theextending the original revolving credit facility and term loan facility maturity dates from July 20, 2023 to December 21, 2026.

On May 20, 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 (the Amendment) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the Credit Agreement). The Amendment increased the Revolving Credit Facility commitments from $250 million to $450 million. The Amendment also established that the interest on outstanding borrowings starting on the next reset date and any new borrowings under the Amendment (other than swingline loans) will accrue, at the Company’s option, at (a) Bloomberg Short Term Bank Yield Index (BSBY) plus the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement, approximately 1.00% to 2.00% per annum depending on various factors) or (b) for U.S. dollar denominated loans, the base rate (which is the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the Bank of America, N.A. prime rate, (iii) the one-month BSBY adjusted daily rate plus 1.00% and (iv) 1.00%).

On February 3, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, which increased the maximum amount of trade accounts receivable that the Company may elect to sell at any one time to $200.0 million.

On May 1, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement (Amendment No. 3),which increased the Revolving Credit Facility commitments from $450 million to $550 million. Amendment No. 3 also established that the interest on outstanding borrowings starting on the next reset date and any new borrowings under Amendment No. 3 (other than swingline loans) will accrue, at the Company’s option, at (a) Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 0.10% plus the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement, approximately 1.00% to 2.00% per annum depending on various factors) or (b) for U.S. dollar denominated loans, the base rate (which is the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the Bank of America, N.A. prime rate, (iii) Term SOFR plus 1.00% and (iv) 1.00%).

The Revolving Credit Facility is available for general corporate purposes, may be drawn in foreign currencies up to an amount equivalent to $20 million, and may be used for letters of credit up to $20 million.purposes. The Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature pursuant to which totalthe Company is permitted to add one or more incremental term loans and/or increase commitments under the facility may be increased byRevolving Credit Facility in an additional $150aggregate amount of $100 million or a higher amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.conditions and exceptions.

The Term Loan Facility is payable in minimumsubject to quarterly principal installments equal to 0.625% of the initial aggregate term loan advances to be paid commencing December 31, 2022 through September 30, 2024 and is subject to quarterly principal installments equal to 1.25% of $4.3 million in 2018, $5.8 million in 2019, and $8.6 million in 2020, with the balance payable oninitial aggregate term loan advances to be paid from December 31, 2024 until the maturity date.

58


Interest on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement accrues, at our option, at (a) the adjusted London interbank offered rate (LIBOR) plus 1.25% to 2.25%, or (b) the alternative base rate plus 0.25% to 1.25%, and is payable quarterly in arrears. The alternative base rate is equal to the highest of (i) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.00%. The margin on the interest rates fluctuates based upon the ratio of the Company’s debt to its consolidated EBITDA.As of December 31, 2017, $155.3 million2023, a portion of the $127.1 million outstanding debt under the Credit Agreement wasis effectively at a fixed interest rate of 4.039% as a result of a $155.3$127.1 million notional amount of interest rate swap contract, which is discussed in Note 11.10. A commitment fee of 0.30%0.20% to 0.40%0.30% per annum (based on the debt to EBITDA ratio) on the unused portion of the revolving credit lineRevolving Credit Facility is payable quarterly in arrears.

56


The Credit Agreement is generally secured by a pledge of (a) all the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and 65%65% of the capital stock of its directly owned foreign subsidiaries, (b) any debt owed to Benchmark and its subsidiaries and (c) all or substantially all other personal property of Benchmark and its domestic subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, contract assets, inventory, intellectual property and fixed assets of Benchmark and its domestic subsidiaries), in each case, subject to customary exceptions and limitations. limitations, and (c) all proceeds and products of the property and assets described in (a) and (b) above.

The Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants asrelated to interest coverage and debt leverage, and interest coverage, and certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on ourthe Company’s ability to incur additional debt and liens, pay dividends, repurchase shares, sell assets and merge or consolidate with other persons. Amounts due under the Credit Agreement maycould be accelerated upon specified events of default, including a failure to pay amounts due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject, in some cases, to cure periods.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants and restrictions.

As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had $207.0$127.1 million in borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan facilityFacility, $205.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and $2.6$4.4 million in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility. TheRevolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $197.4had $340.6 million available for future borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

The Company’s Thailand subsidiary has a multi-purpose credit facility with Kasikornbank Public Company Limited (the Thai Credit Facility) that provides for 350 million Thai baht working capital availability. The ThaiRevolving Credit Facility is secured by landsubject to compliance with financial covenants as to interest coverage and buildingsdebt leverage, in Thailand owned by the Company’s Thailand subsidiary. Availability of funds under the Thai Credit Facility is reviewed annually and is currently accessible through October 2018. addition to other debt covenant restrictions.

As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no working capital borrowings outstanding under2023, the facility.

The aggregate maturities ofCompany's long-term debt and capital lease obligations for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2017 arematures as follows: 2018, $18.3 million; 2019, $24.2 million; 2020, $168.1 million; 2021, $1.5 million;$4.1 million in 2024, $6.6 million in 2025 and 2022, $1.7 million.$321.5 million in 2026. The Company has no maturities after 2026.

Note 6 – Leases

Note 7—Commitments

The Company determines if a contract is or contains a lease at inception. The Company leases certain manufacturing equipment, office equipment,facilities, vehicles and office, warehouseother equipment. The Company’s leases primarily consist of operating leases which expire at various dates through 2036. Variable lease payments are generally expensed as incurred and manufacturing facilities under operating leases. Someprimarily include certain index-based changes in rent and certain non-lease components, such as maintenance and other services provided by the lessor.

The components of lease expense were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Finance lease costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets (included in depreciation expense)

 

$

48

 

 

$

96

 

 

$

444

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

21

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

192

 

Operating lease costs

 

 

19,280

 

 

 

17,485

 

 

 

16,155

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

618

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

339

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

1,737

 

Total lease costs

 

$

21,737

 

 

$

19,809

 

 

$

18,867

 

A summary of cash flow information related to leases follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows used for operating leases

 

$

17,702

 

 

$

17,277

 

 

$

16,721

 

Operating cash flows used for finance leases

 

 

21

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

212

 

Financing cash flows used for finance leases

 

 

173

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

873

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

 

56,834

 

 

 

11,694

 

 

 

32,811

 

57


A summary of other information about our leases follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Finance lease right-of-use assets (included in other assets, net)

 

$

 

 

$

664

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

130,830

 

 

$

93,081

 

Finance lease liabilities, current (included in current installments of long-term debt)

 

$

181

 

 

$

173

 

Finance lease liabilities, noncurrent (included in long-term debt)

 

$

174

 

 

$

355

 

Operating lease liabilities, current (included in accrued liabilities)

 

$

15,486

 

 

$

12,020

 

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

$

123,385

 

 

$

86,687

 

Weighted average remaining lease term – finance leases

 

1.9 years

 

 

2.9 years

 

Weighted average remaining lease term – operating leases

 

9.7 years

 

 

9.8 years

 

Weighted average discount rate – finance leases

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

4.8

%

Weighted average discount rate – operating leases

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

4.1

%

A summary of the leases provide for escalation of theCompany's future annual minimum lease payments as maintenance costs and taxes increase. The leases expire at various times through 2028. Leases for office space and manufacturing facilities generally contain renewal options. Rental expense for 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $15.8 million, $14.4 million and $13.5 million, respectively.of December 31, 2023 follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating
Leases

 

 

Finance
Leases

 

2024

 

$

20,741

 

 

$

194

 

2025

 

 

20,025

 

 

 

178

 

2026

 

 

16,613

 

 

 

 

2027

 

 

15,467

 

 

 

 

2028

 

 

14,719

 

 

 

 

2029 and thereafter

 

 

85,385

 

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

172,950

 

 

 

372

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(34,079

)

 

 

(17

)

Total present value of lease liabilities

 

$

138,871

 

 

$

355

 

The Company is obligated under a capital lease that expires in 2023. As of December 31, 2017, property, plant and equipment included2023, the following amounts under this capitalCompany had no significant lease obligation (in thousands):commitments that had not yet commenced.

Buildings and building improvements

$

12,207

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(8,263)

 

$

3,944

59


Capital lease obligations outstanding consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Capital lease obligations

$

7,172

 

$

8,068

 

Less current installments

 

1,025

 

 

896

 

Capital lease obligations, less current installments

$

6,147

 

$

7,172

Future minimum capital lease payments and future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Capital

 

Operating

Year ending December 31,

 

Leases

 

 

Leases

 

2018

$

1,712

 

$

13,750

 

2019

 

1,746

 

 

12,342

 

2020

 

1,781

 

 

10,086

 

2021

 

1,816

 

 

7,980

 

2022

 

1,853

 

 

5,743

 

Thereafter

 

465

 

 

19,226

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

9,373

 

$

69,127

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

2,201

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

 

7,172

 

 

 

 

 

Less: current installments

 

1,025

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, less current installments

$

6,147

 

 

 

 

The Company enters into contractual commitments to deliver products and services in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that all such contractual commitments will be performed or renegotiated such that no material adverse financial impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity will result from these commitments.

Note 8—7—Common Stock and Stock-Based Awards Plans

Dividends

The Company began declaring and paying quarterly dividends during the first quarter of 2018. During 2023, 2022 and 2021, cash dividends paid totaled $23.5 million, $23.2 million and $23.3 million, respectively. In December 2015,February 2020, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend increase, raising the quarterly dividend from $0.15 to $0.16 per common share. In May 2021, the Board of Directors approved another quarterly dividend increase, raising the quarterly dividend from $0.16 to $0.165 per common share. On December 13, 2023, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.165 per share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of record as of December 29, 2023. The dividend of $5.9 million was paid on January 12, 2024. The Board of Directors currently intends to continue paying quarterly dividends. However, the Company’s future dividend policy is subject to the Company’s compliance with applicable laws, and depends on, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions in the Company’s debt agreements, and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant. Dividend payments are not mandatory or guaranteed and no assurance is made that the Company will continue to pay a dividend in the future.

Share Repurchase Authorization

On March 6, 2018, the Board of Directors approved an expanded share repurchase authorization granting the Company authority to repurchase up to $250 million in common stock in addition to the $100 million previously approved on December 7, 2015. On October 26, 2018 and February 19, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0an additional $100 million and $150 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $63.4 million remaining under the program to repurchase additional shares.stock, respectively.

58


Share purchases may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or block transactions, at the discretion of the Company’s management and as market conditions warrant. Purchases will be funded from available cash and may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice. Shares repurchased under the program are retired. The Company did not repurchase shares in 2023. During 2017,2022, the Company repurchased a total of 1.00.4 million common shares for $29.3an aggregate of $9.4 million at an average price of $30.46$24.96 per share. During 2016,2021, the Company repurchased a total of 2.01.4 million common shares for $41.9an aggregate of $40.2 million at an average price of $21.40$29.11 per share. During 2015,As of December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased a total of 3.1had $154.6 million common shares for $68.4 million at an average price of $22.27 per share.remaining under the share repurchase authorization.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive CompensationUnder the 2019 Plan, (the 2010 Plan) authorizes, the Company, upon approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, tomay grant a variety of awards, including stock options, restricted shares, and restricted stock units (both time-based and performance-based) and certain other forms of equity awards, or any combination thereof, to any director, officer, employee or consultant (including any prospective director, officer, employee or consultant) of the Company. Stock options (which have not been awarded since 2015) are granted to employees with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common sharesstock on the date of grant, generally vest over a four-year period from the date of grant and typically have a term of 10 years. Time-based restricted stock units granted to employees generally vest over a four-year period from the date of grant

60


and are subject to the continued employment of the employee bywith the Company. Performance-based restricted stock units generally vest over a three-year performance cycle, which includes the year of the grant, and are based upon the Company’s achievement of specified performance metrics. Awards under the 20102019 Plan to non-employee directors have historically been in the form of restricted stock units, which vest in equal quarterly installments over a one-year period,annually, starting on the grant date.

As of December 31, 2017, 3.12023 the Company had 1.7 million additional common shares were available for issuance under the Company’s 20102019 Plan.

The following table summarizes the activities related to the Company’sCompany's stock options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Options

 

 

Price

 

Term (Years)

 

 

Value

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

2,437

 

 

$  20.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

289

 

 

23.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(114)

 

 

17.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(32)

 

 

23.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

 

2,580

 

 

20.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(928)

 

 

20.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(455)

 

 

23.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

 

1,197

 

 

19.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(582)

 

 

19.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(19)

 

 

19.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

 

596

 

 

$  19.72

 

 5.28  

 

$

5,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2017

 

443

 

 

$  18.56

 

 3.65  

 

$

4,667

(in thousands, except per share data and years)

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

188

 

 

$

19.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(54

)

 

 

19.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(2

)

 

 

20.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

132

 

 

$

20.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(53

)

 

 

17.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(22

)

 

 

22.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

 

 

57

 

 

$

21.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(17

)

 

 

19.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(3

)

 

 

20.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2023

 

 

37

 

 

$

23.07

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

$

169

 

The aggregate intrinsic value, as presented in the table above, is calculated before income taxes and is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the Company’s closing stock price as of the last business day of 20172023 for outstanding stock options that had exercise prices that were below the closing price.

As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the number of options exercisable was 0.4 million, 0.9 million and 1.8 million, respectively, and the weighted-average exercise price of those options was $18.56, $18.53 and $20.19, respectively.

During 2016, the Company’s remaining outstanding restricted shares vested, and, as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had no restricted shares outstanding. Restricted stock units, time-based and performance-based, remain outstanding as detailed below.price.

6159


The following table summarizes the activities related to the Company’s time-based restricted stock units:

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Number of
Units

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,026

 

 

$

27.35

 

Granted

 

 

503

 

 

 

28.52

 

Vested

 

 

(377

)

 

 

26.77

 

Forfeited

 

 

(95

)

 

 

28.47

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

1,057

 

 

$

28.02

 

Granted

 

 

616

 

 

 

25.90

 

Vested

 

 

(407

)

 

 

28.08

 

Forfeited

 

 

(81

)

 

 

27.44

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2022

 

 

1,185

 

 

$

26.93

 

Granted

 

 

724

 

 

 

24.13

 

Vested

 

 

(490

)

 

 

26.92

 

Forfeited

 

 

(173

)

 

 

25.91

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023

 

 

1,246

 

 

$

25.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Units

 

Fair Value

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

412

 

$  20.33

 

Granted

 

228

 

23.06

 

Vested

 

(161)

 

20.51

 

Forfeited

 

(12)

 

21.03

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2015

 

467

 

21.59

 

Granted

 

392

 

22.71

 

Vested

 

(209)

 

21.07

 

Forfeited

 

(125)

 

21.85

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2016

 

525

 

22.57

 

Granted

 

314

 

31.56

 

Vested

 

(206)

 

21.84

 

Forfeited

 

(40)

 

24.21

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2017

 

593

 

$  27.47

The following table summarizes the activities related to the Company’s performance-based restricted stock units:

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Number of
Units

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

368

 

 

$

27.93

 

Granted(1)

 

 

234

 

 

 

28.60

 

Forfeited

 

 

(60

)

 

 

29.38

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

542

 

 

$

28.06

 

Granted(1)

 

 

177

 

 

 

25.97

 

Forfeited

 

 

(174

)

 

 

27.29

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2022

 

 

545

 

 

$

27.62

 

Granted(1)

 

 

244

 

 

 

25.30

 

Vested

 

 

(242

)

 

 

28.30

 

Forfeited

 

 

(105

)

 

 

26.98

 

Non-vested awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023

 

 

442

 

 

$

26.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Units

 

Fair Value

 

Non-vested units outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

274

 

$  18.56

 

Granted(1)

 

85

 

22.93

 

Forfeited

 

(53)

 

18.57

 

Non-vested units outstanding as of December 31, 2015

 

306

 

19.77

 

Granted(1)

 

184

 

21.63

 

Forfeited

 

(263)

 

19.64

 

Non-vested units outstanding as of December 31, 2016

 

227

 

21.43

 

Granted(1)

 

172

 

31.60

 

Forfeited

 

(53)

 

18.81

 

Non-vested units outstanding as of December 31, 2017

 

346

 

$  26.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents target number of unitsawards that can vest based on the achievement of the performance goals.

62Note 8—Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

$

2,989

 

 

$

903

 

 

$

6

 

State and local

 

 

587

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

1,702

 

Foreign

 

 

28,321

 

 

 

22,351

 

 

 

14,812

 

Total current taxes

 

 

31,897

 

 

 

23,361

 

 

 

16,520

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

 

(6,206

)

 

 

(6,544

)

 

 

(6,179

)

State and local

 

 

(1,612

)

 

 

(1,734

)

 

 

(1,380

)

Foreign

 

 

(7,174

)

 

 

1,030

 

 

 

676

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

(14,992

)

 

 

(7,248

)

 

 

(6,883

)

Total income tax expense

 

$

16,905

 

 

$

16,113

 

 

$

9,637

 

60


Note 9—Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) based on income before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

$

85,634

 

$

(1,033)

 

$

619

 

 

State and local

 

804

 

 

498

 

 

798

 

 

Foreign

 

9,047

 

 

(2,379)

 

 

6,002

 

 

 

 

95,485

 

 

(2,914)

 

 

7,419

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

10,177

 

 

3,926

 

 

(12,322)

 

 

State and local

 

(213)

 

 

1,196

 

 

1,194

 

 

Foreign

 

(702)

 

 

1,933

 

 

(1,653)

 

 

 

 

9,262

 

 

7,055

 

 

(12,781)

 

 

 

$

104,747

 

$

4,141

 

$

(5,362)

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

United States

 

$

(31,534

)

 

$

(45,390

)

 

$

(34,930

)

Foreign

 

 

112,754

 

 

 

129,732

 

 

 

80,337

 

Total income before income taxes

 

$

81,220

 

 

$

84,342

 

 

$

45,407

 

Worldwide income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

$

(12,131)

 

$

6,520

 

$

18,599

 

Foreign

 

84,913

 

 

61,668

 

 

71,440

 

 

$

72,782

 

$

68,188

 

$

90,039

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes as a result of the following:follows:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Tax at statutory rate

$

25,474

 

$

23,866

 

$

31,514

 

State taxes, net of federal tax effect

 

384

 

 

1,102

 

 

1,295

 

Effect of foreign operations and tax incentives

 

(20,703)

 

 

(15,496)

 

 

(21,820)

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(203)

 

 

(1,152)

 

 

(19,640)

 

Excess tax-benefits of stock-based compensation

 

(1,658)

 

 

 

 

 

Provisional impact of U.S. Tax Reform

 

97,707

 

 

 

 

 

Losses in foreign jurisdictions for which no benefit has

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

been provided

 

106

 

 

2,106

 

 

3,711

 

Change in uncertain tax benefits reserve

 

 

 

(8,270)

 

 

(1,653)

 

Other

 

3,640

 

 

1,985

 

 

1,231

 

Total income tax expense

$

104,747

 

$

4,141

 

$

(5,362)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Tax at statutory rate

 

$

17,056

 

 

$

17,713

 

 

$

9,536

 

State taxes, net of federal tax effect

 

 

(809

)

 

 

(1,285

)

 

 

(36

)

Effect of foreign operations and tax incentives

 

 

(909

)

 

 

(3,907

)

 

 

(4,048

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(241

)

 

 

41

 

 

 

(336

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

623

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

(69

)

GILTI

 

 

(450

)

 

 

1,768

 

 

 

2,104

 

Foreign tax refund benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,285

)

Losses in foreign jurisdictions for which no benefit has been provided

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2,608

 

Change in uncertain tax benefit reserve

 

 

370

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

8,858

 

Other

 

 

1,259

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

(1,695

)

Total income tax expense

 

$

16,905

 

 

$

16,113

 

 

$

9,637

 

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (U.S. Tax Reform), which was signed into law on December 22, 2017, significantly changeschanged U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering corporate income tax rates, implementing a territorial tax system, adding a global intangible taxation regime and imposing a transition tax (Transition Tax) on deemed repatriated cumulative earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The U.S. Tax Reform Act reducesreduced the U.S. corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35%35% to a flat 21%21% rate which became effective on January 1, 2018. Under the accounting rules, companies are required to recognizeThe Company recorded the effects of the changes in the corporate income tax laws and tax rates onrate in the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017.

To minimize tax base erosion with a territorial tax system, the U.S. Tax Reform enacted a new global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) provision that requires the Company to include in its U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiaries' tangible assets. The taxable earnings can be offset by a limited deemed paid foreign tax credit with no carrybacks or carryforwards available. The Company is subject to the GILTI provisions. The Company elected to account for the GILTI as a period cost and include the effect in the period in which it is incurred and not include it as a factor in the new legislation is enacted.determination of deferred taxes.

The Company incurred a total Transition Tax liability of $80.5 million after reduction for net operating loss carryforwards, U.S. tax credit carryforwards and foreign tax credit carryforwards that were allowed to be utilized against its total tax liability as of December 31, 2017. The Company made an election to pay the net tax liability in installments. The Company has a total Transition Tax liability as of December 31, 2023 of $36.2 million. The Company intends to pay this liability over the remaining two-year payment period as prescribed by the U.S. Tax Reform and regulatory guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). As of December 31, 2017,2023, $20.1 million of the Transition Tax liability is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects its payments for years subsequent to December 31, 2023 will be $16.1 million in 2024 and $20.1 million in 2025.

61


During 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company hadrepatriated $70.0 million, $20.0 million and $35.0 million, respectively, of foreign earnings to the United States. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has approximately $928$477.2 million in cumulative undistributed foreign earnings outsiderelated to its foreign subsidiaries. These earnings would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if distributed to the Company. The Company changed its assertion during 2018 on its foreign subsidiaries earnings that are permanently reinvested. A certain amount of earnings from specific foreign subsidiaries are permanently reinvested, and certain foreign earnings from other specific foreign subsidiaries are considered to be non-permanently reinvested and are available for immediate distribution to the Company. Income taxes have been accrued on the non-permanently reinvested foreign earnings, including the 2017 Transition Tax, the U.S. Alltax on GILTI and any applicable foreign or local withholding taxes. The Company estimates that it has approximately $9.1 million of theseunrecognized deferred tax liabilities related to any remaining undistributed permanently reinvested foreign earnings arethat have not already been subject to the U.S. mandatory transition tax and are

63


eligible to be repatriated to2017 Transition Tax, the U.S. without additional U.S. tax under the U.S. Tax Reform. As of December 31, 2017,on GILTI, and any applicable foreign income tax or local withholding tax on cash distributions.

During 2021, the Company has provisional incomerecorded a deferred tax expenseasset of $101.6$7.3 million for the estimated mandatory deemed repatriationwith respect to a refund claim of undistributed foreign earnings. After reduction by U.S. tax loss carryforwards and U.S. tax credit carryforwards,cash taxes of $16.5 million that was filed in 2021. Previously in 2018, the Company accrued U.S. income tax liabilities of $87.7 million in 2017. The Company intends to pay this estimated tax liability over an eight-year payment schedule as prescribed by the U.S. Tax Reform. As such, other long-term liabilities includes $80.7recorded $9.2 million of this estimated liability. Though these foreign earnings have been deemed to be repatriated from a U.S. federal tax perspective, the Company has not yet completed its assessment of the U.S. Tax Reform on its plans to reinvest foreign earnings and as such has not changed its prior conclusion that the earnings are indefinitely reinvested. The repatriation tax is based on currently available information and technical guidance related to the new tax law. The provisional estimate will be updated when additional information related to undistributed foreign earnings, foreign taxes and foreign cash and equivalents becomes available, prepared and analyzed.total refund claim.

In addition, as a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the Company remeasured its ending net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017 and recognized a provisional $3.9 million deferred tax benefit.

Given the significance of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Reform Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete their accounting. The Company has recognized the provisional tax impacts related to deemed repatriated earnings and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. These preliminary estimates are subject to the finalization of management’s analysis related to certain matters, such as developing interpretations of the provisions of the U.S. Tax Reform, changes to certain estimates and amounts related to the earnings and profits of certain subsidiaries and the filing our tax returns. U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting the U.S. Tax Reform may require further adjustments and changes in the Company’s estimates. The Company will finalize its accounting of the impact no later than the fourth quarter of 2018.

64


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company's deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value of inventories

$

2,474

 

$

2,400

 

 

Accrued liabilities and allowances deductible for tax purposes on a cash basis

 

6,387

 

 

5,663

 

 

Goodwill

 

2,732

 

 

4,814

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,359

 

 

3,856

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

22,096

 

 

38,988

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

2,007

 

 

8,688

 

 

Other

 

5,924

 

 

6,812

 

 

 

 

43,979

 

 

71,221

 

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

(15,823)

 

 

(16,026)

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

28,156

 

 

55,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment, due to differences in depreciation

 

(8,543)

 

 

(11,499)

 

 

Intangible assets, due to differences in amortization

 

(20,891)

 

 

(35,492)

 

 

Other

 

(1,715)

 

 

(1,632)

 

 

Gross deferred tax liability

 

(31,149)

 

 

(48,623)

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$

(2,993)

 

$

6,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The net deferred tax asset (liability) is classified as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term asset

$

4,034

 

$

6,572

 

 

Long-term liability

 

(7,027)

 

 

 

 

Total

$

(2,993)

 

$

6,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

were as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value of inventories

 

$

5,782

 

 

$

4,809

 

Accrued liabilities and allowances deductible for tax purposes on a cash basis

 

 

10,213

 

 

 

7,811

 

Goodwill

 

 

554

 

 

 

937

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

5,853

 

 

 

5,032

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

33,260

 

 

 

23,252

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

12,662

 

 

 

16,848

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

7,372

 

 

 

5,805

 

Research and experimentation

 

 

15,861

 

 

 

10,691

 

Other

 

 

8,540

 

 

 

4,086

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

100,097

 

 

 

79,271

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(18,502

)

 

 

(18,743

)

Total net deferred tax assets

 

 

81,595

 

 

 

60,528

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment, due to differences in depreciation

 

 

(10,652

)

 

 

(7,957

)

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

(32,999

)

 

 

(22,991

)

Intangible assets, due to differences in amortization

 

 

(8,946

)

 

 

(10,502

)

Foreign withholding tax

 

 

(898

)

 

 

(4,902

)

Interest rate swap

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(263

)

Other

 

 

(1,105

)

 

 

(2,173

)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(54,652

)

 

 

(48,788

)

Total net deferred tax assets

 

$

26,943

 

 

$

11,740

 

The net deferred tax assets are classified as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term assets

 

$

26,943

 

 

$

12,235

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(495

)

Total net deferred tax assets

 

$

26,943

 

 

$

11,740

 

All deferred taxes are classified as non-current onof the balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. AllCompany's deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as long-term on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset for each tax jurisdiction and presented as a single net noncurrentlong-term amount by each tax jurisdiction. on the consolidated balance sheet.

During 2017,2023 and 2022, the Company utilized itsincurred and capitalized certain research and experimentation expenses that are required to be capitalized as an amortizable asset under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 174 and to be amortized over a period of five years. This requirement is based on the implementation of the U.S. federalTax Reform Act of 2017 and became effective on January 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company's net deferred tax loss carryforwards,asset from capitalized research and various US federal tax credit carryforwards against the provisional mandatory deemed repatriation tax.experimentation expenses was $15.9 million.

62


The net change in the totalCompany's valuation allowance for 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 was a $0.2 million decrease, of $0.2 a less than $0.1million $1.2 increase and a $0.3million and $19.5 million,decrease, respectively. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. BasedAs of December 31, 2023, based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances as of December 31, 2017. During 2015, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its deferred tax assets using the criteria described above and concluded that the Company’s projected future taxable income in the U.S. is sufficient to utilize additional net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. As a result, during 2015, the Company reduced its valuation allowance by $19.6 million.allowances.

As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had $32.4 million inno remaining U.S. Federalfederal operating loss carryforwards which will

65


expire from 2025 to 2036;as the final balance was utilized in 2022. The Company has U.S. state operating loss carryforwards of approximately $77.5$18.7 million which will expire from 20182037 to 20312043; foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $24.6 $11.7million with indefinite carryforward periods; and foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25.7 $33.0million which will expire at varying dates through 2027.2031. The utilization of these net operating loss carryforwards is limited to the future operations of the Company in the tax jurisdictions in which such carryforwards arose. The Company has state tax credit carryforwards of $2.0 $1.6million which will expire at varying dates through 2036.2026. The Company also has U.S. research and development tax credit carryforwards of $5.7 million which will expire from 2038 through 2043.

The Company has been granted certain tax incentives, including tax holidays, for its subsidiaries in Thailand, China and Malaysia and Thailand that will expire at various dates, unless extended or otherwise renegotiated through 2018 in China, 2021 in Malaysia and 2028 in Thailand, and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. The tax incentives in Thailand will expire on December 31, 2030. The tax incentives in China expired on December 31, 2023 and the tax incentives in Malaysia expired on March 31, 2021. The Company has applied for a continuation of the Malaysia tax holiday, which will extend the tax incentive period for five to ten years if approved. The Company will also apply for a China tax holiday in 2024. There is no guarantee of being awarded these tax incentives in the future. The net impact of thesethe current tax incentives was to lower income tax expense for 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 by approximately $7.2$6.3 million (approximately $0.150.17 per diluted share), $6.7$9.0 million (approximately $0.130.25 per diluted share) and $13.7$7.7 million (approximately $0.260.21 per diluted share), respectively, as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Thailand

 

$

4,923

 

 

$

8,362

 

 

$

5,360

 

China

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

643

 

 

 

443

 

Malaysia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,946

 

Total tax incentives

 

$

6,261

 

 

$

9,005

 

 

$

7,749

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

China

$

1,398

 

$

1,302

 

$

5,347

 

Malaysia

 

4,295

 

 

2,346

 

 

2,075

 

Thailand

 

1,545

 

 

3,068

 

 

6,271

 

 

$

7,238

 

$

6,716

 

$

13,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company must determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Once it is determined that a position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the position is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the total amount of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits, including interest and penalties, was $0.8$9.9 million.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance as of January 1

$

7,791

 

$

13,114

 

$

14,756

 

Additions related to current year tax positions

 

220

 

 

 

 

 

Decreases as a result of a lapse of applicable statute of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

limitations in current year

 

 

 

(5,079)

 

 

(1,653)

 

Additions related to prior year tax positions

 

894

 

 

89

 

 

800

 

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

 

(8,197)

 

 

(333)

 

 

(789)

 

Balance as of December 31

$

708

 

$

7,791

 

$

13,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Balances as of the beginning of the year

 

$

9,061

 

 

$

9,121

 

 

$

499

 

Additions related to current year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,424

 

Additions related to prior year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,575

 

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(138

)

Decreases related to lapse of statutes

 

 

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(239

)

Balances as of the end of the year

 

$

9,061

 

 

$

9,061

 

 

$

9,121

 

During 2017,2023, there were no uncertain tax position changes. During 2022, the Company released $0.9less than $0.1 million of uncertain tax benefits related to the liquidationlapse of a foreign subsidiary company. Also during 2017, the Company received a denial of its appeal to the local tax authorities related to an examination for a subsidiary in Thailand for the years 2004 to 2005. Consequently,statutes. During 2021, the Company recorded $0.9 million of additional accruals for uncertain tax benefits. The Company decided not to challenge this decision, therefore, the $7.3 million reserve for uncertain tax benefits was written off. This decrease inrelated to the unrecognizedprior year and current tax benefit reserve did not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The decrease in the reserve during 2016positions of $5.1$1.6 million was a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for a foreign subsidiary that was liquidated in 2011 and closed its operations in 2005. The decrease in the reserve during 2015 of $1.7$7.4 million, was the result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for a dormant foreign subsidiary in Thailand.respectively.

66


The reserve is classified as a current or long-term liability inon the consolidated balance sheet based on the Company’s expectation of when the items will be settled. The Company records interest expense and penalties accrued in relation to uncertain income tax benefits as a component of current income tax expense. TheAs of December 31, 2023, the amount of accrued potential interest on unrecognized tax benefits included in the reserve as of December 31, 2017 is $0.1 million. There was no reserve for potential penalties. The decrease in the reserve relating to interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits from $3.3 million in 2015 to $0.1 million in 2016 results from the corresponding reduction for the Thailand subsidiary discussed above. The total amount of interest and penalties included in income tax expense was $0.1 million during 2015. The Company did not incur any interest and penalties in 2017 or 2016.$0.8 million.

63


The Company and its subsidiaries in Brazil, China, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Romania, Singapore, Thailand and the United States remain open to examination by the various local taxing authorities, in total or in part, for fiscal years 20112015 to 2017.

The Company is currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service for 2014. In addition, Secure Communication Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Secure Group), companies that the Company acquired on November 11, 2015, are under a U.S. income tax audit for calendar years 2013, 2014 and through November 11, 2015. Since this audit is for the period of time prior to the acquisition of the Secure Group by the Company, any resulting tax liabilities are the responsibility of the seller. The Company does not expect to incur any income tax costs with respect to this audit.2023. During the course of such income tax examinations, disputes may occur as to matters of fact or law. Also, in most tax jurisdictions, the passage of time without examination will result in the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations thereby precluding examination of the tax period(s) for which such statute of limitation has expired. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for its tax liabilities.

Note 10—9—Major Customers

The Company’s customers operate in industries that are, to a varying extent, subject to rapid technological change, vigorous competition and short product life cycles. Developments adverse to the electronics industry, the Company’s customers or their products could impact the Company’s overall credit risk.

The Company extends credit based on evaluation of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral or other security from its customers and would incur a loss equal to the carrying value of the accounts receivable if its customer failed to perform according to the terms of the credit arrangement.

Sales to the Company's ten largest customers represented 46%52%, 43%52% and 47%47% of totalour consolidated sales for 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively. The Company had sales to the following customer that exceeded 10% of the Company's consolidated sales:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

2022

 

2021

Applied Materials, Inc. and subsidiaries

 

12%

 

15%

 

16%

Sales attributable to our largest customersthis customer were reported in the Americas and Asia operating segments.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had one customer whose gross accounts receivable exceeded 10% of consolidated gross accounts receivable. This customer represented 16% and 17% of consolidated gross accounts receivable as follows for the indicated periods:of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

International Business Machines Corporation

$

284,636

 

$

*

 

$

284,098

 

Applied Materials, Inc.

$

248,183

 

$

*

 

$

*

* amount is less than 10% of total.

Note 11—10—Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, accounts andreceivable, other receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and long-term debt, interest rate swaps and capital lease obligations. Theforeign currency hedges. For cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, the Company believes that the carrying values of theseits financial instruments approximate the fair value. Asvalues because of December 31, 2017,their short-term nature. For borrowings under the Company’scredit facility in long-term investments and derivative instruments were recorded atdebt, the Company believes that the fair value using Level 3 inputs.approximates the carrying value because the interest rates are variable. The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the variability of foreign currency obligations and interest rates. The Company does not enter into derivative arrangementsderivatives for speculative purposes.

67


The Company utilizes forward currency exchange contracts to manage its foreign currency exposure. These instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and the changes in fair value of the derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet until earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows. During 2023, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $2.3 million ($1.7 million net of tax) on the forward currency exchange contracts in other comprehensive income (loss) and transferred unrealized gains of $3.1 million to cost of sales. During 2022, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $0.6 million ($0.4 million net of tax) on the forward currency exchange contracts in other comprehensive income (loss) and transferred unrealized gains of $0.5 million to cost of sales. During 2021, the Company recorded an unrealized loss of $0.2 million ($0.1 million net of tax) on the forward currency exchange contracts in other comprehensive income (loss) and transferred unrealized losses of $0.4 million to cost of sales. The Company also has forward currency exchange contracts in place as of December 31, 20172023 that have not been designated as accounting hedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded within our Consolidated Statementsin other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of Income.income.

As of December 31, 2023, the fair value estimates for the Companys forward currency exchange contracts were based on Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, which includes obtaining directly or indirectly observable values from third parties active in the relevant markets. Inputs in the fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts include prevailing forward and spot prices for currencies. The Company hasenters into forward currency exchange contracts for its operations in Mexico, Europe and Asia.

64


The Company utilizes an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $155.3 million and $163.9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to hedge a portion of its interest rate exposure on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The Company entered into a new interest rate swap agreement on July 20, 2023 and as of December 31, 2023, the notional amount of this interest rate swap agreement was $127.1 million. Under thisthe interest rate swap agreement, the Company receives variable rate interest rate payments based on the one-month LIBORSOFR rate and pays fixed rate interest payments. The fixed interest rate for the contract is 1.4935%4.039%. The effect of thisthe swap is to convert a portion of the floating rate interest expense to fixed interest rate expense. Based on the terms of the interest rate swap contract and the underlying borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the interest rate contract was determined to be highly effective, and thus qualifies and has been designated as a cash flow hedge. As such, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive incomeloss on the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheet until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows. The fair valueAs of December 31, 2022, the notional amount of the Company's previous interest rate swap agreement was a $2.0$121.9 million asset as of December 31, 2017 and $0.5 as of December 31, 2016, whichthe fixed interest rate for the contract was its effective date. 2.928%.

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2023, the Company recorded an unrealized gainsloss of $1.5$3.1 million ($0.92.3 million net of tax) on interest rate swaps in other comprehensive income (loss). During 2022, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $5.0 million ($3.7 million net of tax) on the previous interest rate swap in other comprehensive income.income (loss). During the year ended December 31, 2016,2021, the Company recorded an unrealized gainsgain of $0.5$4.7 million ($0.33.5 million net of tax) on the previous interest rate swap in other comprehensive income.income (loss). See Note 19.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value estimates for the Company’s respective interest rate swap agreements were based on Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, as the Company obtained the valuation from a third party active in relevant markets. The valuation of the interest rate swap agreements is primarily measured through various pricing models and discounted cash flow analysis that incorporate observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and volatility.

The fair values of the Company's derivative instruments were as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Derivatives designated as
   hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward currency exchange
   contracts

 

Other current assets

 

$

2,664

 

 

$

407

 

Interest rate swap agreement

 

Other long-term liabilities and
   other current assets, respectively

 

 

(2,458

)

 

 

639

 

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, investmentsrestricted cash and trade accounts receivable. ManagementThe Company maintains the majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents with recognized financial institutions. One of the most significant credit risks is the ultimate realization of accounts receivable. This risk is mitigated by (i) sales generally are to well established companies, (ii) performing ongoing credit evaluation of customers, and (iii) engaging in frequent contact with customers, thus enabling management to monitor current changes in their business operations and to respond accordingly. Management considers these concentrations of credit risks in establishing ourbelieves its allowance for doubtful accounts and believes these allowances are adequate. The Company had two customers whose gross accounts receivable exceeded 10% of total gross accounts receivableis adequate as of December 31, 2017. One customer represented 19%2023. Concentrations of our total grosscredit risk related to trade accounts receivable and the second customer represented 11%.

resulting from sales to major customers are discussed in Note 12—9.

Note 11—Concentrations of Business Risk

Substantially all of the Company’s sales are derived from manufacturing services in which the Company purchases components specified by its customers. The Company uses numerous suppliers of electronic components and other materials for its operations. Some components used by the Company have been subject to industry-wide shortages, and suppliers have been forced to allocate available quantities among their customers. The Company’s inability to obtain any needed components during periods of allocation could cause delays in manufacturing and could adversely affect the results of operations.

Note 13—12—Accounts Receivable Sale Program

InAs of December 31, 2023, in connection with a trade accounts receivable sale program with an unaffiliated financial institution,institutions, the Company may elect to sell, at a discount, on an ongoing basis, up to a maximum of $40.0$200.0 million of specific accounts receivable at any one time. The program was executed on March 29, 2017, is an uncommitted facility

During 2023, 2022 and is scheduled to expire in one year with options to automatically extend the agreement, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 60 days prior notice.

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, the Company sold $145.0$565.4 million, $445.4 million and $394.6 million, respectively, of accounts receivable under this program, and in exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $144.7$560.9 million, $443.6 million and $394.0 million, respectively, net of the discount. The Company' recognizes the loss on the sale resulting from the discount during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.3 million and was recorded toin other expense within the Consolidated Statements(expense) income, net in its consolidated statements of Income.income.

6865


Note 14—13—Segment and Geographic Information

The Company currently has manufacturing facilities in the Americas, Asia and Europe to serve its customers. The Company is operated and managed geographically, and management evaluates performance and allocates the Company’s resources on a geographic basis. Intersegment sales are generally recorded at prices that approximate arm’s length transactions. Operating segments’ measure of profitability is based on income from operations. Corporate and intersegment eliminations include (1) corporate expenses not allocated to the Company’s three reporting segments, which are primarily general and administrative expenses such as corporate employee payroll and benefit costs and corporate facility costs, and (2) income from operations on intersegment sales between reporting segments. Corporate functions include legal, finance, tax, treasury, information technology, risk management, human resources, business development and other administrative functions. The accounting policies for the reportable operating segments are the same as for the Company taken as a whole. The Company has three reportable operating segments: Americas, Asia, and Europe.

Information about the Company's operating segments is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

1,611,783

 

 

$

1,475,929

 

 

$

1,203,544

 

Asia

 

 

1,055,938

 

 

 

1,251,475

 

 

 

912,560

 

Europe

 

 

299,835

 

 

 

284,103

 

 

 

228,834

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

 

(128,580

)

 

 

(125,176

)

 

 

(89,619

)

Total sales

 

$

2,838,976

 

 

$

2,886,331

 

 

$

2,255,319

 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

20,940

 

 

$

19,574

 

 

$

20,589

 

Asia

 

 

9,746

 

 

 

10,192

 

 

 

10,660

 

Europe

 

 

3,226

 

 

 

3,289

 

 

 

2,878

 

Corporate

 

 

11,498

 

 

 

11,197

 

 

 

10,025

 

Total depreciation and amortization

 

$

45,410

 

 

$

44,252

 

 

$

44,152

 

Income from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

63,484

 

 

$

55,202

 

 

$

45,807

 

Asia

 

 

124,279

 

 

 

134,649

 

 

 

90,725

 

Europe

 

 

17,380

 

 

 

16,889

 

 

 

11,054

 

Corporate and intersegment eliminations

 

 

(95,479

)

 

 

(116,671

)

 

 

(94,524

)

Total income from operations

 

 

109,664

 

 

 

90,069

 

 

 

53,062

 

Interest expense

 

 

(31,875

)

 

 

(12,894

)

 

 

(8,472

)

Interest income

 

 

6,256

 

 

 

1,730

 

 

 

540

 

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(2,825

)

 

 

5,437

 

 

 

277

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

81,220

 

 

$

84,342

 

 

$

45,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

38,627

 

 

$

30,105

 

 

$

28,673

 

Asia

 

 

25,286

 

 

 

10,534

 

 

 

4,253

 

Europe

 

 

7,098

 

 

 

4,509

 

 

 

6,072

 

Corporate

 

 

6,728

 

 

 

1,626

 

 

 

3,179

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

77,739

 

 

$

46,774

 

 

$

42,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

 

 

 

$

1,064,047

 

 

$

1,055,533

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

769,744

 

 

 

764,164

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

222,591

 

 

 

183,443

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

218,373

 

 

 

224,191

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

$

2,274,755

 

 

$

2,227,331

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

$

1,606,642

 

$

1,552,980

 

$

1,615,393

 

 

Asia

 

768,588

 

 

675,801

 

 

878,307

 

 

Europe

 

176,401

 

 

161,007

 

 

146,648

 

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

(84,820)

 

 

(79,373)

 

 

(99,475)

 

 

 

$

2,466,811

 

$

2,310,415

 

$

2,540,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

$

21,972

 

$

23,275

 

$

23,881

 

 

Asia

 

11,849

 

 

15,832

 

 

17,031

 

 

Europe

 

2,891

 

 

2,794

 

 

2,628

 

 

Corporate

 

11,960

 

 

13,238

 

 

6,132

 

 

 

$

48,672

 

$

55,139

 

$

49,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

$

71,638

 

$

84,457

 

$

77,213

 

 

Asia

 

73,263

 

 

48,285

 

 

62,967

 

 

Europe

 

10,814

 

 

10,424

 

 

7,149

 

 

Corporate and intersegment eliminations

 

(77,112)

 

 

(67,528)

 

 

(54,360)

 

 

 

$

78,603

 

$

75,638

 

$

92,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

$

27,139

 

$

20,766

 

$

18,390

 

 

Asia

 

18,115

 

 

7,858

 

 

11,851

 

 

Europe

 

4,915

 

 

1,441

 

 

4,323

 

 

Corporate

 

4,337

 

 

2,269

 

 

3,498

 

 

 

$

54,506

 

$

32,334

 

$

38,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

$

804,698

 

$

864,388

 

$

867,858

 

 

Asia

 

670,807

 

 

634,838

 

 

604,554

 

 

Europe

 

470,264

 

 

393,443

 

 

305,833

 

 

Corporate and other

 

151,548

 

 

105,999

 

 

115,633

 

 

 

$

2,097,317

 

$

1,998,668

 

$

1,893,878

66


69


Geographic net sales information provided below reflectsabout the Company's sales is determined based on the destination of the product shipped. Long-lived assets information is determined based on the physical location of the asset.

assets and includes property, plant and equipment, net, operating lease right-of-use assets and other long-term assets, net.

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Geographic net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

1,659,404

 

$

1,615,749

 

$

1,848,503

 

 

Asia

 

434,332

 

 

334,305

 

 

314,160

 

 

Europe

 

292,490

 

 

252,972

 

 

221,911

 

 

Other

 

80,585

 

 

107,389

 

 

156,299

 

 

 

$

2,466,811

 

$

2,310,415

 

$

2,540,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

167,858

 

$

167,367

 

$

172,958

 

 

Asia

 

77,750

 

 

67,998

 

 

77,237

 

 

Europe

 

11,042

 

 

8,415

 

 

9,704

 

 

Other

 

25,830

 

 

24,290

 

 

31,046

 

 

 

$

282,480

 

$

268,070

 

$

290,945

A summary of the Company's geographic sales and long-lived assets follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Geographic sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,737,144

 

 

$

1,569,232

 

 

$

1,328,754

 

Singapore

 

 

383,914

 

 

 

457,889

 

 

 

326,688

 

Other Asia

 

 

210,927

 

 

 

332,144

 

 

 

202,792

 

Europe

 

 

402,514

 

 

 

387,276

 

 

 

285,017

 

Other

 

 

104,477

 

 

 

139,790

 

 

 

112,068

 

Total sales

 

$

2,838,976

 

 

$

2,886,331

 

 

$

2,255,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

$

231,740

 

 

$

249,409

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

79,203

 

 

 

68,283

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

42,934

 

 

 

29,338

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

66,072

 

 

 

23,801

 

Total long-lived assets

 

 

 

 

$

419,949

 

 

$

370,831

 

Note 14 – Revenue

The Company’s revenues are generated primarily from its manufacturing services, which entails the sale of manufactured products built to customer specifications. The Company also generates revenue from design, development and engineering services, in addition to the sale of other inventory.

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a manufactured product to a customer. The Company’s contracts with customers are generally short-term in nature. Customers are generally billed when the product is shipped or as services are performed. Under the majority of the Company’s manufacturing contracts with customers, the customer controls all of the work-in-progress as products are being built. Revenues under these contracts are recognized progressively based on the cost-to-cost method. For other manufacturing contracts, the customer does not take control of the product until it is completed. Under these contracts, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of the product to the customer, which is generally when goods are shipped. Revenue from design, development and engineering services is recognized over time as the services are performed. The Company assumes no significant obligations after shipment as it typically warrants workmanship only. Therefore, the warranty provisions are generally not significant.

If the Company records revenue, but does not issue an invoice, a contract asset is recognized. The contract asset is transferred to trade accounts receivable when the entitlement to payment becomes unconditional.

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as fulfillment costs and are included in cost of sales.

67


Disaggregation of Revenue

The following tables provide a summary of the Company's revenue disaggregated by market sector and a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue to the Company's revenue by reportable operating segment:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Market sector:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complex Industrials

 

$

127,491

 

 

$

345,465

 

 

$

123,522

 

 

$

596,478

 

A&D

 

 

304,932

 

 

 

29,153

 

 

 

27,446

 

 

 

361,531

 

Medical

 

 

329,816

 

 

 

182,532

 

 

 

44,204

 

 

 

556,552

 

Semi-Cap

 

 

262,117

 

 

 

283,870

 

 

 

100,305

 

 

 

646,292

 

Advanced Computing

 

 

311,742

 

 

 

25,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

337,730

 

Next-Generation Communications

 

 

197,889

 

 

 

142,448

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

340,393

 

External revenue

 

 

1,533,987

 

 

 

1,009,456

 

 

 

295,533

 

 

 

2,838,976

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

 

77,796

 

 

 

46,482

 

 

 

4,302

 

 

 

128,580

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,611,783

 

 

$

1,055,938

 

 

$

299,835

 

 

$

2,967,556

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Market sector:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complex Industrials

 

$

89,949

 

 

$

363,398

 

 

$

140,258

 

 

$

593,605

 

A&D

 

 

286,230

 

 

 

43,701

 

 

 

17,654

 

 

 

347,585

 

Medical

 

 

319,823

 

 

 

228,571

 

 

 

44,500

 

 

 

592,894

 

Semi-Cap

 

 

286,322

 

 

 

357,634

 

 

 

78,146

 

 

 

722,102

 

Advanced Computing

 

 

258,206

 

 

 

52,301

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

310,509

 

Next-Generation Communications

 

 

170,424

 

 

 

148,772

 

 

 

440

 

 

 

319,636

 

External revenue

 

 

1,410,954

 

 

 

1,194,377

 

 

 

281,000

 

 

 

2,886,331

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

 

64,976

 

 

 

57,100

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

125,176

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,475,930

 

 

$

1,251,477

 

 

$

284,100

 

 

$

3,011,507

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Market sector:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complex Industrials

 

$

79,726

 

 

$

262,546

 

 

$

86,174

 

 

$

428,446

 

A&D

 

 

360,030

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

20,009

 

 

 

381,731

 

Medical

 

 

220,635

 

 

 

189,614

 

 

 

51,585

 

 

 

461,834

 

Semi-Cap

 

 

215,596

 

 

 

266,065

 

 

 

67,640

 

 

 

549,301

 

Advanced Computing

 

 

163,423

 

 

 

35,842

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

199,405

 

Next-Generation Communications

 

 

120,739

 

 

 

112,684

 

 

 

1,179

 

 

 

234,602

 

External revenue

 

 

1,160,149

 

 

 

868,443

 

 

 

226,727

 

 

 

2,255,319

 

Elimination of intersegment sales

 

 

43,395

 

 

 

44,117

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

89,619

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,203,544

 

 

$

912,560

 

 

$

228,834

 

 

$

2,344,938

 

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections result in billed accounts receivable, contract assets and advance payments from customers. During 2023, 2022 and 2021, 87.9%, 90.8% and 90.3%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue was recognized as products and services were transferred over time.

Contract assets primarily relate to the Company’s right to consideration for work completed but not billed to the customer as of period end. Contract asset balances are transferred to trade accounts receivable when the rights become unconditional.

A summary of activity related to the Company's contract assets follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Balance as of the beginning of the year

 

$

183,613

 

 

$

155,243

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

2,495,298

 

 

 

2,623,585

 

Amounts collected or invoiced

 

 

(2,503,932

)

 

 

(2,595,215

)

Balance as of the end of the year

 

$

174,979

 

 

$

183,613

 

68


As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $204.9 million and $197.9 million, respectively, in advance payments from customers. Of those amounts $191.6 million and $178.9 million, respectively, were related to both customer deposits and prepayments of inventory and $13.3 million and $18.9 million, respectively, were related to the contractual timing of payments. The advance payments are not considered a significant financing component because they are used to meet working capital demands of a contract, offset inventory risks and protect the Company from the failure of other parties to fulfill obligations under a contract.

Note 15—Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has defined contribution plans qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of all its U.S. employees. The Company’s contributions to the plans are based on employee contributions and compensation. During 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, the Company made contributions to the U.S. plans of approximately $5.27.3 million, $5.26.5 million and $4.83.3 million, respectively. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees primarily dictated by the customcustoms of the regions in which it operates. During 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, the Company made contributions to the international plans of approximately $0.1 million $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.each year.

Note 16—Contingencies

The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

70


Note 17—Restructuring Charges and Other Costs

The Company has undertaken initiatives to restructure its business operations to improve utilization and realize cost savings. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of production facilities, largely to align capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. This alignment includes transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies. The Company's restructuring process of restructuring entails moving production between facilities, reducing staff levels, realigning our business processes, reorganizing our management and other activities.

TheDuring 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized $7.3 million, $5.7 million and $9.3 million of restructuring charges during 2017, 2016 and 2015 primarily related to the closurepreviously announced closures of facilitiesits sites in San Jose, California, Angleton, Texas, and Moorpark, California in the Americas, and other smaller activities involving capacity reductionreductions and reductions in workforce in certain facilities across various regions. San Jose, California operations ceased, and all restructuring activity was complete as of March 31, 2022. Angleton, Texas operations ceased, and all restructuring activity was complete as of June 30, 2022 upon the disposition of the facility. Moorpark, California operations ceased as of March 31, 2023 with restructuring activity substantially complete by the end 2023. Accrued restructuring costs are included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes the 20172023 activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to the variouscosts:

(in thousands)

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2022

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Cash
Payments

 

 

Non-Cash
Activity

 

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2023

 

Severance

 

$

3,683

 

 

$

4,508

 

 

$

(8,156

)

 

$

 

 

$

35

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

17

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

(184

)

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Other exit costs

 

 

81

 

 

 

2,643

 

 

 

(2,643

)

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

Total accrued restructuring costs

 

$

3,781

 

 

$

7,327

 

 

$

(10,983

)

 

$

 

 

$

125

 

The components of restructuring activities initiated prior to December 31, 2017:charges during 2023 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

Balance as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Restructuring

 

Cash

 

 

Non-Cash

 

 

Exchange

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2016

 

 

 

Charges

 

 

Payment

 

 

Activity

 

Adjustments

2017

 

2017 Restructuring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$      —

 

 

 

$   2,172

 

 

$  (2,125)

 

 

$         —

 

 

$   —

 

 

$     47

 

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

 

 

264

 

 

(264)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other exit costs

 

 

 

 

531

 

 

(335)

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,967

 

 

(2,724)

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 Restructuring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

738

 

 

 

(42)

 

 

(667)

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

Lease facility costs

 

-

 

 

 

58

 

 

(58)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other exit costs

 

545

 

 

 

1,953

 

 

(2,442)

 

 

(42)

 

 

2

 

 

16

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

 

1,969

 

 

(3,167)

 

 

(42)

 

 

2

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$   1,283

 

 

 

$   4,936

 

 

$  (5,891)

 

 

$   (42)

 

 

$   4

 

 

$  290

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

 

$

4,226

 

 

$

 

 

$

282

 

 

$

4,508

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Other exit costs

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2,643

 

Total restructuring charges

 

$

7,042

 

 

$

 

 

$

285

 

 

$

7,327

 

 

The components of the restructuring charges initiated during 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

 

 

 

$

1,985

 

$

187

 

$

2,172

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

 

264

 

Other exit costs

 

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,780

 

$

187

 

$

2,967

During 2017, the Company recognized $2.2 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 163 employees in connection with reductions in workforce worldwide. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 160 and 3 for the Americas and Asia, respectively.

7169


The following table summarizes the 20162022 activity in the accrued restructuring balancescosts:

(in thousands)

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2021

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Cash
Payments

 

 

Non-Cash
Activity

 

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2022

 

Severance

 

$

3,257

 

 

$

2,428

 

 

$

(1,713

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

3,683

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

17

 

 

 

1,261

 

 

 

(1,261

)

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Other exit costs

 

 

237

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

(2,056

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

81

 

Total accrued restructuring costs

 

$

3,511

 

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

(5,030

)

 

$

(410

)

 

$

3,781

 

The components of restructuring charges during 2022 were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

 

$

2,298

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,428

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

1,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,261

 

Other exit costs

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,021

 

Total restructuring charges

 

$

5,580

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,710

 

The following table summarizes the 2021 activity in accrued restructuring costs:

(in thousands)

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2020

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Cash
Payments

 

 

Non-Cash
Activity

 

 

Balances as of
December 31,
2021

 

Severance

 

$

3,996

 

 

$

4,130

 

 

$

(4,685

)

 

$

(184

)

 

$

3,257

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

50

 

 

 

2,745

 

 

 

(2,618

)

 

 

(160

)

 

 

17

 

Other exit costs

 

 

408

 

 

 

2,470

 

 

 

(2,252

)

 

 

(389

)

 

 

237

 

Total accrued restructuring costs

 

$

4,454

 

 

$

9,345

 

 

$

(9,555

)

 

$

(733

)

 

$

3,511

 

The components of restructuring charges during 2021 were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

 

$

4,084

 

 

$

46

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,130

 

Lease facility costs

 

 

2,581

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,745

 

Other exit costs

 

 

2,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,470

 

Total restructuring charges

 

$

9,135

 

 

$

210

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,345

 

During 2023, the Company made the decision to no longer continue certain manufacturing capabilities in the Americas. In connection with that decision, the Company assessed the facility and equipment assets used in those manufacturing capabilities and recorded $1.1 million of impairment charges as a result of that assessment. The asset impairment charges are included in restructuring charges and other costs in the consolidated statement of income for 2023.

During 2021, the Company made the decision to no longer continue certain manufacturing capabilities in the Americas. In connection with that decision, the Company assessed the facility and equipment assets used in those manufacturing capabilities using valuation information from third parties and recorded $4.4 million of impairment charges as a result of that assessment. The asset impairment charges are included in restructuring charges and other costs in the consolidated statements of income for 2021. During 2022, the Company completed the sale of the related equipment for $1.3 million and recorded a loss on assets held for sale of $2.0 million, which is included in restructuring charges and other costs in the consolidated statement of income. Additionally, during 2022, the Company completed the sale of a building in Angleton, Texas for $4.3 million and recorded a gain on assets held for sale of $2.4 million which is also included in restructuring charges and other costs. Furthermore, during 2022, the Company agreed to $3.3 million in legal settlements that are included in restructuring charges and other costs.

70


Note 18—Ransomware Incident

During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2019, some of the Company’s systems were affected by a ransomware incident that encrypted information on its systems and disrupted customer and employee access to its applications and services. The Company immediately took steps to isolate the impact and implemented measures to prevent additional systems from being affected, including taking its network offline as a precaution. In connection with this incident, third party consultants and forensic experts were engaged to assist with the restoration and remediation of the Company’s systems and, with the assistance of law enforcement, to investigate the incident. The Company has found no evidence that customer or employee data was exfiltrated from its network.

The Company restored connectivity and resumed operations quickly following the ransomware incident. However, fourth quarter 2019 operations were adversely affected by the inefficiencies caused by taking the network offline for a period of time. As a result, the Company’s fourth quarter 2019 revenue was also adversely affected as the Company was unable to fulfill a portion of customer demand during the quarter.

The Company maintains insurance coverage, including cybersecurity insurance, and worked diligently with its insurance carriers on claims to recover costs incurred. During 2021, the Company collected $3.9 million of insurance recoveries related to the various restructuring activities initiated prior to December 31, 2016:incident described above.

 

 

 

Balance as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

Balance as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Restructuring

 

Cash

 

Non-Cash

 

Exchange

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

 

Charges

 

 

Payment

 

Activity

 

Adjustments

 

2016

 

2016 Restructuring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$   —

 

 

 

$   3,630

 

 

$   (2,892)

 

$   —

 

 

$  —

 

 

$   738

 

 

Other exit costs

 

 

 

 

977

 

 

(411)

 

(21)

 

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,607

 

 

(3,303)

 

(21)

 

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Restructuring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

222

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

(224)

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Lease facility costs

 

928

 

 

 

109

 

 

(1,037)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other exit costs

 

186

 

 

 

(22)

 

 

(164)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,336

 

 

 

86

 

 

(1,425)

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$  1,336

 

 

 

$  4,693

 

 

$  (4,728)

 

$  (21)

 

 

$  3

 

 

$  1,283

The components of the restructuring charges initiated during 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

$

1,726

 

$

1,904

 

$

 

$

3,630

 

Other exit costs

 

924

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

977

 

 

$

2,650

 

$

1,904

 

 

53

 

$

4,607

During 2016, the Company recognized $3.6 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 582 employees in connection with reductions in workforce worldwide. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 370 and 212 for the Americas and Asia, respectively.

The components of the restructuring charges initiated during 2015 were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

Americas

 

 

Asia

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Severance costs

$

1,564

 

$

506

 

$

472

 

$

2,542

 

Facility lease costs

 

2,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,462

 

Other exit costs

 

3,099

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

3,301

 

 

$

7,125

 

$

506

 

 

674

 

$

8,305

During 2015, the Company recognized $2.5 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 672 employees in connection with reductions in workforce worldwide. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 223, 438, and 11 for the Americas, Asia and Europe, respectively.

72


Note 18—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly information with respect to the Company’s results of operations for the years 2017, 2016 and 2015. Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not equal the total earnings per share amounts for the fiscal year.

 

 

 

 

2017 Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

1st

 

 

2nd

 

 

3rd

 

 

4th

 

Sales

$

566,501

 

$

616,904

 

$

603,550

 

$

679,856

 

Gross profit

 

49,060

 

 

58,587

 

 

58,155

 

 

61,895

 

Net income (loss)

 

9,687

 

 

17,176

 

 

17,512

 

 

(76,340)

 

Earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Basic 

 

0.20

 

 

0.35

 

 

0.35

 

 

(1.54)

 

 

 Diluted 

 

0.19

 

 

0.34

 

 

0.35

 

 

(1.54)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

1st

 

 

2nd

 

 

3rd

 

 

4th

 

Sales

$

549,225

 

$

579,342

 

$

574,341

 

$

607,507

 

Gross profit

 

50,317

 

 

52,854

 

 

52,822

 

 

57,470

 

Net income

 

11,052

 

 

12,685

 

 

21,742

 

 

18,568

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Basic 

 

0.22

 

 

0.26

 

 

0.44

 

 

0.38

 

 

 Diluted 

 

0.22

 

 

0.26

 

 

0.44

 

 

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

1st

 

 

2nd

 

 

3rd

 

 

4th

 

Sales

$

620,925

 

$

664,038

 

$

630,191

 

$

625,719

 

Gross profit

 

51,785

 

 

55,997

 

 

54,563

 

 

56,909

 

Net income

 

14,205

 

 

21,210

 

 

20,565

 

 

39,421

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Basic 

 

0.27

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.78

 

 

 Diluted 

 

0.27

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.77

73


Note 19—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

Derivative

 

 

loss on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

 

instruments,

 

investments,

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

adjustments

 

 

net of tax

 

 

net of tax

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

Balances, December 31, 2014

 

$

(9,688)

 

$

 

$

(64)

 

$

277

 

 $  

(9,475)

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

 

(3,391)

 

 

 

 

(31)

 

 

(106)

 

 

(3,528)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

 

(13)

Net current period other comprehensive loss

 

 

(3,391)

 

 

 

 

(31)

 

 

(119)

 

 

(3,541)

Balances, December 31, 2015

 

 

(13,079)

 

 

 

 

(95)

 

 

158

 

 

(13,016)

 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(1,465)

 

 

286

 

 

21

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1,159)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

Net current period other comprehensive gain (loss)

 

 

(1,465)

 

 

286

 

 

21

 

 

(2)

 

 

(1,160)

Balances, December 31, 2016

 

 

(14,544)

 

 

286

 

 

(74)

 

 

156

 

 

(14,176)

 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

4,977

 

 

1,192

 

 

33

 

 

(175)

 

 

6,027

Net current period other comprehensive gain (loss)

 

 

4,977

 

 

1,192

 

 

33

 

 

(175)

 

 

6,027

Balances, December 31, 2017

 

$

(9,567)

 

$

1,478

 

$

(41)

 

$

(19)

 

 $  

(8,149)

(in thousands)

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

 

 

Derivative
Instruments,
Net of Tax

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balances, December 31, 2020

 

$

(8,375

)

 

$

(6,742

)

 

$

(1,534

)

 

$

(16,651

)

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(4,354

)

 

 

3,018

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

(859

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
   other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(4,354

)

 

 

3,370

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

(507

)

Balances, December 31, 2021

 

$

(12,729

)

 

$

(3,372

)

 

$

(1,057

)

 

$

(17,158

)

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(3,148

)

 

 

4,641

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

1,406

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
   other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

(481

)

 

 

 

 

 

(481

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(3,148

)

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

925

 

Balances, December 31, 2022

 

$

(15,877

)

 

$

788

 

 

$

(1,144

)

 

$

(16,233

)

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

2,119

 

 

 

2,444

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

4,600

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
   other comprehensive loss

 

 

845

 

 

 

(3,072

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,227

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

2,964

 

 

 

(628

)

 

 

37

 

 

 

2,373

 

Balances, December 31, 2023

 

$

(12,913

)

 

$

160

 

 

$

(1,107

)

 

$

(13,860

)

See Note 1110 for further explanation ofdiscussion about the change inCompany's derivative instruments that is recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss during 2016instruments.

Note 20—Supplemental Cash Flow and 2015 primarily affected selling, general and administrative expenses.

Note 20—Supplemental Cash Flow and Non-Cash Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following is additional information concerning supplemental disclosures of cash payments.

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Income taxes paid, net

$

6,453

 

$

7,865

 

$

8,561

 

Interest paid

$

8,698

 

$

8,305

 

$

2,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash investing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment in accounts payable

$

7,761

 

$

2,111

 

$

2,761

Non-Cash Information

74The following table includes supplemental cash flow disclosures:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

$

37,659

 

 

$

28,478

 

 

$

20,558

 

Interest paid

 

 

30,551

 

 

 

11,627

 

 

 

8,207

 

Non-cash investing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid purchases of property, plant and equipment at the end of the period

 

 

1,558

 

 

 

23,734

 

 

 

8,614

 

71


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

Benchmark Electronics, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Benchmark Electronics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the related consolidated statements of income, (loss), comprehensive income, (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(2) (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’sManagement's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,

75


accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

72


Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Evaluation of income tax expense

(signed)As discussed in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded income tax expense of $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company serves international markets and is subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions, which affect the Company’s income tax expense. Income tax expense is an estimate based on the Company’s understanding of current enacted tax laws and tax rates of each tax jurisdiction.

We identified the evaluation of income tax expense as a critical audit matter. Complex auditor judgment was required in evaluating the Company’s interpretation and application of tax laws and the related impacts to income tax expense. There is complexity in the evaluation of the U.S. income tax expense due to the impact of U.S. tax reform on multinational operations such as the U.S. tax on global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) and foreign tax credits. There is also complexity in evaluating the impact of changing foreign tax laws on income tax expense.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s income tax expense process. This included controls over the identification of changes to tax laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates and the Company’s evaluation of the determination of GILTI and foreign tax credits. We involved tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in evaluating the application of the relevant tax laws and regulations in the determination of the Company’s tax expense. In addition, we evaluated the Company’s methodology used in the determination of GILTI and foreign tax credits.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1986.

Phoenix, Arizona

Houston, Texas

February 28, 201826, 2024



73


Management’s Report

Benchmark’s management has prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and related financial data contained in this Report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include certain amounts based upon management’s best estimates and judgments. The financial information contained elsewhere in this Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company maintains internal accounting control systems that are adequate to prepare financial records and to provide reasonable assurance that the assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use. We believe these systems are effective, and the cost of the systems does not exceed the benefits obtained.

The Audit Committee, composed exclusively of independent, outside directors, has reviewed all financial data included in this Report and recommended to the full Board the inclusion of the audited financial statements contained in the Report. The committee meets periodically with the Company’s management and independent registered public accountants on financial reporting matters. The independent registered public accountants have complete access to the Audit Committee and may meet with the committee, without management present, to discuss their audit results and opinions on the quality of financial reporting.

The role of independent registered public accountants is to render a professional, independent opinion on management’s financial statements to the extent required by the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Benchmark’s responsibility is to conduct its affairs according to the highest standards of personal and corporate conduct.

76


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Report, the Company’s management (with the participation of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer) conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15e13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Report such disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

74


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We are currently upgrading our enterprise resource planning system (ERP), which is expected to occur in phases over the next several years. We have completed the implementation of the upgrades at certain of the Company’s locations and have revised and updated the related controls. These changes did not materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. As we implement the upgrades of this ERP system at the remaining locations over the next several years, we will continue to assess the impact on our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial ReportingItem 9B. Other Information

Insider Trading Arrangement Adoptions and Modifications

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting,During the three months ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer adopted or terminated any “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” each as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participationItem 408 of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework, our management concludedRegulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

7775


The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in Item 8 of this Report.

Item 9B.  Other Information.

Not applicable.



PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”required by this item can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20182024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders Meeting (the 20182024 Proxy Statement), to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the closeend of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Report of Compensation Committee”required by this item can be found in the 20182024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

The information under the caption “Common Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2017:

Number of

securities to be

Weighted-

Number of

issued upon

average exercise

securities

exercise of

price of

remaining

outstanding

outstanding

available

options, warrants

options, warrants

for future

Plan Category

and rights

and rights

issuance

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

1,535,101(1)

$19.72(1)

1,535,101

(1) Includes 938,660 restricted share units and performance restricted share units. The weighted-average exercise price does

not take these awards into account.

2023:

Plan Category

 

Number of
Securities
to be Issued
Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
of Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights

 

 

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future
Issuance

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

1,724,664

 

 

$

23.07

 

 

 

2,305,240

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1,724,664

 

 

$

23.07

 

 

 

2,305,240

 

The number of securities in the table above includes 1,687,780 restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units. The weighted-average exercise price does not take these awards into account.

Additional information required by this item can be found in the 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information under the caption “Election of Directors”required by this item can be found in the 20182024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.reference.

Item 14. Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, Phoenix, Arizona, Auditor Firm ID: 185. The information under the caption “Audit Committee Report to Shareholders”required by this item can be found in the 20182024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.reference.

7876


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules

(a)(1) Financial statements of the Company
The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

See Item 8 -(1) Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

(2) Financial statement schedule filed as part of this Report:

 

Schedule II - Valuation Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Charges to

 

 

 

 

 

End of

(in thousands)

 

of Period

 

Operations

 

Other

 

Deductions

 

Period

 

Year ended December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)

 

$  2,838

 

1,697

 

 

4,430

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)

 

$  3,417

 

 

 

579

 

2,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)

 

$  2,943

 

499

 

 

25

 

3,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Deductions in the allowance for doubtful accounts represent write-offs, net of recoveries, of amounts

 

 

determined to be uncollectible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm incorporated herein by reference.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary.

None.

79


Exhibit

Number

Description of Exhibit

2.1                      Purchase Agreement dated October 20, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2015 (Commission file number 1-10560))

3.1                      Restated Certificate of Formation dated May 17, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 17, 2016) (the 8-K) (Commission file number 1-10560)

3.2                      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated May 11, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 8-K)

4.1                      Specimen form of certificate evidencing the Common Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014) (the 10-Q) (Commission file number 1-10560)

10.1                    Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and its directors and senior officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 10-Q)

10.2 (1)Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2000 Stock Awards Plan (2000 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-54186))

10.3 (1)Form of nonqualified stock option agreement for use under the 2000 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.4 (1)Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (2002 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 15, 2002 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.5 (1)Amendment No. 1 to the 2002 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2006 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.6 (1)Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (2010 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.7 (1)First Amendment to the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 28, 2014 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.8 (1)Form of option award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

80


Exhibit

Number

Description of Exhibit

10.9 (1)Form of restricted share award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.10 (1)Form of restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.11 (1)Amended form of restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.12 (1)Form of performance-based restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2016 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.13 (1)Amended form of performance-based restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.14 (1)Benchmark Electronics, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated as of December 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-156202))

10.15 (1)Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2016 between the Company and Paul J. Tufano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2016 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.16 (1)Employment Agreement between the Company and Donald F. Adam dated as of March 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 10, 2009 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.17 (1)Agreement between the Company and Jon J. King dated as of May 15, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended June 30, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.18 (1)Form of Executive Severance Agreement (incorporated by referent to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.19                  Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.20                  Credit Agreement dated November 12, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2015 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.21                  Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement dated November 12, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.22 (1)Separation Agreement dated September 15, 2016 between the Company and Gayla J. Delly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report Form 8-K dated September 15, 2016 (Commission file number 1-10560))

81


Exhibit

Number

Description of Exhibit

10.23                  Cooperation Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2016, by and among the Company and Engaged Capital, LLC, Engaged Capital Flagship Master Fund, LP, Engaged Capital Flagship Fund, LP, Engaged Capital Flagship Fund, Ltd. and Engaged Capital Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2016 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.24 (1)                    Form of Key Management Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.25 (1)Transition Agreement and Release of All Claims by and between Scott Peterson and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.26 (1)                    Transition Agreement and Release of All Claims by and between Donald F. Adam and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

11                       Statement regarding Computation of Per-Share Earnings (incorporated by reference to “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1(i) – Earnings Per Share” inSee Part II, Item 8 of this Report)

16                       Letter of Hein & Associates LLP dated November 21, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 21, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

21 (2)Subsidiaries of Benchmark Electronics, Inc.

23 (2)Consentfor information concerning our financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm concerning incorporationincorporated herein by referencereference.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules or because the information is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

(b) Exhibits

The list of exhibits filed with this Report is set forth in the Company’s Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-28997, No. 333-101744, No. 333-156202, No. 333-168427Exhibit Index following the signature page and No. 333-198404)is incorporated herein by reference.

77


BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC.

Exhibit Index

31.1 (2)Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

2.1

Purchase Agreement dated October 20, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2015 (Commission file number 1-10560))

3.1

Restated Certificate of Formation dated May 17, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 17, 2016) (Commission file number 1-10560)

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated December 2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2020 (Commission file number 1-10560))

4.1

Specimen form of certificate evidencing the Common Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014) (Commission file number 1-10560)

4.2

Description of Company’s securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.1 (1)

Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and its directors and senior officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended June 30, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.2 (1)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2000 Stock Awards Plan (2000 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-54186))

10.3 (1)

Form of nonqualified stock option agreement for use under the 2000 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.4 (1)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (2002 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 15, 2002 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.5 (1)

Amendment No. 1 to the 2002 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2006 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.6 (1)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (2010 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.7 (1)

First Amendment to the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 28, 2014 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.8 (1)

Form of option award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.9 (1)

Form of restricted share award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.10 (1)

Form of restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-168427))

10.11 (1)

Amended form of restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.12 (1)

Form of performance-based restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2016 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.13 (1)

Amended form of performance-based restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

78


Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

10.14 (1)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated as of December 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 (Registration Number 333-156202))

10.15 (1)

Form of Executive Severance Agreement (incorporated by referent to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.16 (4)

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 31, 2021, by and among Benchmark Electronics, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report of Form 8-dated December 28, 2021 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.16.1 (4)

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 20, 2022, by and among Benchmark Electronics, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2022 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.16.2

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 3, 2023, by and among Benchmark Electronics, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2022 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.16.3 (4)

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 1, 2023, by and among Benchmark Electronics, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report of Form 8-K dated May 3, 2023 (Commission file number 1-10560)

10.18 (1)

Form of Key Management Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2017 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.19 (1)

Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2019, between the Company and Jeffrey W. Benck (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 28, 2019 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.20 (1)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 5, 2019) (Commission file number 1-10560)

10.20.1 (1)

First Amendment to the Benchmark Electronics, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the Company's Revised Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 15, 2022 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.21 (1)

Form of restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2019 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Commission file number 1-10560))

10.22 (1)

Form of performance-based restricted stock unit award agreement for use under the 2019 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Commission file number 1-10560))

14.1

Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (Commission file number 1-10560))

21.1 (2)

Subsidiaries of Benchmark Electronics, Inc.

23.1 (2)

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1 (2)

Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

31.2 (2)

Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

32.1 (3)

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

32.2 (3)

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

97.1 (2)

Benchmark Electronics, Inc. Clawback Policy

79


Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

101.INS (2)

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

101.SCH (2)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL (2)

101.DEF (2)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB (2)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE (2)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104 (2)

Cover Page Interactive Data File - formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101

32.2 (2)Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

101.INS (3)XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH (3)XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL (3)XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB (3)XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE (3)XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF (3)XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

(1)
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.arrangement
(2)
Filed herewith
(3)
Furnished herewith
(4)
Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted exhibits or schedules upon request.

(2)Filed herewith.Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

(3)  XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.None.

8280


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BENCHMARK ELECTRONICS, INC.

By:

/s/ Jeffrey W. Benck

By: /s/ Paul J. Tufano                                 

Jeffrey W. Benck

Paul J. Tufano

President and Chief Executive Officer

Chief Executive Officer

Date:

Date: February 28, 2018 26, 2024

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant, in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Date

    /s//s/ David W. Scheible

Chairman of the Board

February 28, 201826, 2024

David W. Scheible

    /s/ Paul J. Tufano/s/ Jeffrey W. Benck

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

February 28, 201826, 2024

    Paul J. TufanoJeffrey W. Benck

(principal executive officer)

    /s//s/ Roop K. Lakkaraju

Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

Roop K. Lakkaraju

(principal financial and accounting officer)

    /s/ Bruce A. Carlson/s/ Douglas Britt

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

    Bruce A. CarlsonDouglas Britt

    /s/ Douglas G. Duncan/s/ Anne De Greef-Safft

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

    Douglas G. DuncanAnne De Greef-Safft

    /s//s/ Robert K. Gifford

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

Robert K. Gifford

    /s//s/ Ramesh Gopalakrishnan

Director

February 26, 2024

Ramesh Gopalakrishnan

/s/ Kenneth T. Lamneck

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

Kenneth T. Lamneck

    /s//s/ Jeffrey S. McCreary

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

Jeffrey S. McCreary

    /s/ Clay C. Williams/s/ Lynn A. Wentworth

Director

February 28, 2018 26, 2024

    Clay C. WilliamsLynn A. Wentworth

8381